doc hindi learn to speak

131
HINDI TEACHER for English Speaking People 1 LEARN TO SPEAK HINDI Through English Medium

Upload: others

Post on 11-Sep-2021

71 views

Category:

Documents


3 download

TRANSCRIPT

Page 1: Doc Hindi learn to speak

HINDI TEACHER for English Speaking People

1

LEARN TO SPEAK HINDI

Through English Medium

Page 2: Doc Hindi learn to speak

HINDI TEACHER for English Speaking People

2

The following are portions taken from Ratnakar Narale’s Book :

‘HINDI TEACHER FOR ENGLISH SPEAKING PEOPLE’

(available from this web site, see Books Menu)

A>gaRejaI jaananaevaaLaae> ke iLa] ih>dI

angrez& ja@nanae va@lon[ ke liye hind&

THE INTERNATIONAL EDITION With a special chapter on speaking ‘Hinglish’

SYSTEMATIC HELP FOR

TEACHING AND SELF-LEARNING HINDI

yaYaaÛma ih>dI samaJanae ]va> saISanae ka

]k yaaegya saaZana_

yatha@-kram hind& samajhane evam[ s&khane ka@ ek yogya sa@dhan

. -----------------------------------------------------

Èc{a@rya Ratnakar Narale Ph.D. (Sanskrit) Principal, Hindu Institute of Learning

Page 3: Doc Hindi learn to speak

HINDI TEACHER for English Speaking People

3

Let us Learn Hindi. Aa}yae ihndI saISae>_

Let us Speak Hindi. Aa}yae ihndI baaeLae>_

ï

SUBJECT SINGULAR PLURAL I, we maE>> (main[) hma (ham) You, you Aapa (a@p) Aapa (a@p) He, she, that, they vah (vah) vae (ve) This, it, these yah (yah) yae (ye) (1) This is a house. yah ghar hai. yah zar hE_ Here, the house is doing the action of being, so

the house is the subject (ktaa|)_

(2) This is my house. yah mera@ ghar hai. yah maera zar hE_ Here also, house is the subject.

The house is doing the act of being, I am not the subject, because I am not doing the act of being.

(1) ‘I’ or ‘WE’ (main[, ham maE>, hma) refers to the 1st Perason;

(2) ‘You’ (a@p, tu@, tum Aapa, taU, tauma) refers to the 2nd Person;

(3) The person (or the thing) other than I and You (he, she, it or they vah, ve vah, vae...etc)

refers to 3rd Person. Person Singular Plural First Person I, we maE>> (main[) hma (ham) Second Person You, you Aapa (a@p) Aapa (a@p)

Page 4: Doc Hindi learn to speak

HINDI TEACHER for English Speaking People

4

Third Person He, she, they vah (vah) vae (ve)

• Words such as I, we, you, he, she, it, they main[, ham, a@p, tu@, tum, vah, ve maE>, hma, Aapa,

taU, tauma, vah, vae that refer to nouns, are called Pronouns.

(1) maE> hUã = main[ hu@n[ I am First P\

(2) hma hE> = ham hain[ we are First P\

(3) *Aapa hE> = a@p hain[ you are Second P\

(4) *Aapa hE> = a@p hain[ you are Second P\

(5) vah hE = vah hai He, she is Third P\

(6) vae hE> = ve hain[ They are Third P\

SINGULAR PLURAL I maE> We hma

You Aapa You Aapa

He vah They vae

She vah They vae

It yah These yae

That vah Those vae

This yah These yae

Am hUã Are hE>

Is hE Are hE>

1. maE> LaDñka hUã (main[ lad<aka@ hu@n[) I am a boy. m\

2. maE> LaDñkI hUã (main[ lad<ak& hu@n[) I am a girl. f\

1. Aapa LaDñk’ hE> (a@p lad<ake hain[) You are a boy. m\

2. Aapa LaDñkI hE> (a@p ladñak& hain[) You are a girl. f\

Page 5: Doc Hindi learn to speak

HINDI TEACHER for English Speaking People

5

1. vah LaDñka hE (vah lad<aka@ hai) He is a boy. m\

2. vah LaDñkI hE (vah lad<ak& hai) She is a girl. f\

1. vae LaDñk’ hE> (ve ladñake hain[) They are boys. m\

2. vae LaDñikyaaã hE> (ve lad<akiya@n[ hain[) They are girls. f\

1. (m\) main[ lad<aka@ hu@n[. maE> LaDñka hUã_ ham lad<ake hain[ hma LaDñk’ hE>_ a@p lad<ake hain[. Aapa

LaDñk’ hE>_ a@p lad<ake hain[ Aapa LaDñk’ hE>_ vah lad<aka@ hai. vah LaDñka hE_ ve lad<ake hain[. vae LaDñk’ hE>

2. (f\) main[ lad<ak& hu@n[. maE> LaDñkI hUã_ ham lad<akiya@n[ hain[. hma LaDñikyaaã hE>_ a@p lad<ak& hain[. Aapa LaDñkI hE>_ a@p lad<akiya@n[ hain[. Aapa LaDñikyaaã hE>_ vah lad<ak& hai. vah LaDñkI hE _ ve lad<akiya@n[ hain[. vae LaDñikyaaã hE>_

Subject Object Verb suffix1 suffix2 I (main[ maE>) c{a@y caaya p& (paI) ta@ (taa) hu@n[ (hUã) We (ham hma) c{a@y caaya p& (paI) te (tae) hain[ (hE>) You (a@p Aapa) c{a@y caaya p& (paI) te (tae) hain[ (hE>) He (vah vah) c{a@y caaya p& (paI) ta@ (taa) hai (hE) She (vah vah) c{a@y caaya p& (paI) t& (taI) hai (hE) They (ve vae) c{a@y caaya p& (paI) te (tae) hain[ (hE>) MALE Singular Plural I do main[ karata@ hu@n[ ham karate hain[ You do a@p karate hain[ a@p karate hain[ He, it does vah karata@ hai ve karate hain[ I do maE> krtaa hUã hma krtae hE>

You do Aapa krtae hE> Aapa krtae hE>

He, it does vah krtaa hE vae krtae hE>

Page 6: Doc Hindi learn to speak

HINDI TEACHER for English Speaking People

6

FEMALE Singular Plural I do main[ karat& hu@n[ ham karat& hain[* You do a@p karat& hain[ a@p karat& hain[* She, it does vah karati hai ve karat& hain[* I do maE> krtaI hUã hma krtaI hE>*

You do Aapa krtaI hE> Aapa krtaI hE>*

She, it does vah krtaI hE vae krtaI hE>_*

to sleep |so (saae) to drink |p& (paI) to speak |bol (baaeLa) to write |likh (iLaSa) to come |a@ (Aa) to see |dekh (deSa) to go |ja@ (jaa) 1. m\ I eat (main[ kha@ta@ hun[) maE> Saataa hUã_ 2. f\ I eat (main[ kha@t& hun[) maE> SaataI hUã_ 3. m\ We sleep (ham sote hain[) hma saaetae hE>_

4. f\ We sleep (ham sot& hain[) hma saaetaI hE>_ 5. m\ You drink (a@p p&te hain[) Aapa paItae hE>_

6. f\ You drink (a@p p&t& hain[) Aapa paItaI hE>_

7. m\ He speaks (vah bolata@ hai) vah baaeLataa hE_

8. f\ She speaks (vah bolat& hai) vah baaeLataI hE_

9. m\ He writes (vah likhata@ hai) vah iLaSataa hE_

10. f\ She writes (vah likhat& hai) vah iLaSataI hE_

11. m\ They come (ve a@te hain[) vae Aatae hE>_

12. f\ They come (ve a@t& hain[) vae AataI hE>_

13. m\ I see (main[ dekhata@ hun[) maE> deSataa hUã_

14. f\ I see (main[ dekhat& hun[) maE> deSataI hUã_

15. m\ We see (ham dekhate hain[) hma deSatae hE>_

16. f\ We see (ham dekhat& hain[) hma deSataI hE>_

Page 7: Doc Hindi learn to speak

HINDI TEACHER for English Speaking People

7

17. m\ You see (a@p dekhate hain[) Aapa deSatae hE>_

18. f\ You see (a@p dekhat& hain[) Aapa deSataI hE>_

19. m\ He sees (vah dekhata@ hai) vah deSataa hE_

20. f\ She sees (vah dekhat& hai) vah deSataI hE_

21. m\ He goes (vah ja@ta@ hai) vah jaataa hE_

22. f\ She goes (vah ja@t& hai) vah jaataI hE_

23. m\ They go (ve ja@te hain[) vae jaatae hE>_

24. f\ They go (ve ja@t& hain[) vae jaataI hE>_

Subject Object Verb Suffix1 Suffix2 I (main[ maE> c{a@y caaya p& (paI)-ta@ (taa) hu@n[ (hUã)

We (ham) hma c{a@y caaya p& (paI)-te (tae) hain[ (hE>) You (a@p) Aapa c{a@y caaya p& (paI)-te (tae) hain[ (hE>) He (vah) vah c{a@y caaya p& (paI)-ta@ (taa) hai[ (hE) She (vah) vah c{a@y caaya p& (paI)-t& (taI) hai[ (hE) They (ve) vae c{a@y caaya p& (paI)-te (tae) hain[ (hE>) *They (ve) vae c{a@y caaya p& (paI)-t& (taI) hain[ (hE>)

(1) Ra@m writes an address. Ra@m pata@ likhata@ hai (|likh) rama pataa iLaSataa hE_ (2) The ant walks. c{&n[t>& c{alat& hai (|c{al) caI>@I caLataI hE_ (3) She eats an apple. vah seb kha@t& hai (|kha@) vah saeba SaataI hE_ (4) We shoot an arrow. ham t&r c{ala@te hain[ (|c{ala@) hma taIr caLaatae hE>_ (5) we drive a car. ham ga@d<& c{ala@te hain[ (|c{ala@) hma gaaDñI caLaatae hE>_ (6) R&ta@ throws a ball. R&ta@ gend fen[kat& hai (|fen[k) rItaa gae>d f’>ktaI hE_

(7) Vis{a@l brings a banana. Vis{a@l kela@ la@ta@ hai (|la@) ivaoaaLa k’Laa Laataa hE_

(8) Ra@n& cuts the beans. Ran& sem ka@t>at& hai (|ka@t> . ranaI saema ka@taI hE_

(9) The bear runs. bha@lu@ bha@gata@ hai (|bha@g) BaaLaU Baagataa hE_

Page 8: Doc Hindi learn to speak

HINDI TEACHER for English Speaking People

8

(10) They fix the bed. ve bistar t>h&k karate hain[ (|t>h&k kar) vae ibastar #Ik krtae hE>_

(11) He keeps the bell. vah ghan<t>& rakhata@ hai (|rakh) vah za>@I rSataa hE_ (12) The birds fly pan~c{h& ud<ate hain[ (|ud<) pa>CI qDñtae hE>>_

(13) The blacksmith works (does the job) luha@r ka@m karata@ hai (|ka@m kar) Lauhar kama krtaa hE_

(14) Gopa@l washes a blanket. Gopa@l kambal dhota@ hai (|dho) gaaepaaLa käbaLa Zaaetaa hE_

(15) Arvind holds the box. Arvind d<ibba@ pakad<ata@ hai (|pakad<) Ariva>d iDbbaa pakDñtaa hE_

(16) Branch falls. s{a@kha@ girat& hai (|gir) oaaSaa igartaI hE_

(17) Brother-in-law arrives (comes) sa@la@ (dewar) a@ta@ hai (|a@) saaLaa (devar) Aataa hE_

(18) The body hurts. s{ar&ra dukhata hai (|du@kh) oarIr duSataa hE_ (19) You read a book. a@p kita@b-pustak pad<hate hain[ (|pad<h) Aapa iktaaba-paustak pa$ñtae hE>_

(20) The heart breaks. dil t>u@t>ata@ hai (|t>u@t>) idLa @U@taa hE_ (21) The boy plays. lad<aka@ khelata@ hai (|khel) LaDñka SaeLataa hE_

(22) S&ta@ cooks-makes bread. S&ta@ rot>& paka@t& hai (|paka@, |bana@) saItaa rae@I pakataI-banaataI hE_

(23) They buy breakfast. ve na@s{ta@ khar&date hain[ (|khar&d) vae naaotaa SarIdtae hE>_ (24) Jim arranges the bricks. Jim &n[t>en[ rac{ata@ hai (|rac{) ijama }|>@e> rcataa hE_ (25) The bride becomes happy. dulhan prasanna hot& hai (|prasanna ho) duLhna paRsa² haetaI hE_ (26) Kiran< hangs the broom. Kiran< jha@d<u@ lat>aka@t&-t>a@n[gat& hai. (|lat>ka@, |t>a@n[g) ikrNa JaaDñU

La@kataI-@aãgataI hE_

(27) Brother fears. bha@&-bhaiya@ d<arata@ hai (|d<ar) Baa}|-BaEyaa Drtaa hE_ (28) Sonia (Soniya@) picks up the bucket. Sonia ba@lt>& ut>ha@t& hai (|ut>ha@) saaeinayaa baaL@I q#ataI hE_ (29) Bugs bite. k&d<e ka@t>ate hain[ (|ka@t>) kIDñe ka@tae hE>_

(30) Ramesh sees the building. Ramesh ima@rat dekhata@ hai (|dekh) rmaeoa }maarta deSataa hE_ (31) Ra@dha@ keeps butter. Ra@dha@ makkhan rakhat& hai (|rakh) raZaa maKSana rSataI hE_ (32) Ra@ja@ takes the cabbage. Ra@ja@ gobh& leta@ hai (|le) rajaa gaaeBaI Laetaa hE_ (33) The camel drinks water. u@n[t<a pa@n& p&ta@ hai (|p&) Qã@ paanaI paItaa hE_

(34) Ma@la@ sews a cap. Ma@la@ t>op& s&t& hai (|s&) maaLaa @aepaI saItaI hE_

Page 9: Doc Hindi learn to speak

HINDI TEACHER for English Speaking People

9

(35) I drive a car. main[ ga@d<& c{ala@ta@ hu@n[, main[ ga@d<& c{ala@t& hu@n[ (|c{ala@) maE> gaaDñI caLaataa hUã, maE> gaaDñI caLaataI hUã_

(36) John buys a carpet. John dar& khar&data@ hai (|khar&d) jaaâna drI SarIdtaa hE_ (37) Rekha@ grinds the chillies. Rekha@ mirc{& p&sat& hai (|p&sa) reSaa imacaI| paIsataI hE_ (38) The cat goes. bill& ja@t& hai (|ja@) ibaLLaI jaataI hE_ (39) Sun&ta@ covers the cauliflower. Sun&ta@ fu@lgobh& d<hakat& hai (|d<hak) saunaItaa f”LagaaeBaIe $ktaI

hE_

(40) Ajit takes away the chairs. Ajit kurasiya@n[ le ja@ta@ hai (|le ja@) Aijata kÖrisayaaã Lae jaataa hE_

(41) We get a chance. ham mauka@ pa@te hain[ (|pa@) hma maaEka paatae hE>_

(42) The cheetah dies. c{&ta@ marata@ hai (|mar) caItaa martaa hE_ The cheetah kills. c{&ta@ ma@rata@ hai (|ma@r) caItaa maartaa hE_

(43) Child takes a bath. bac{c{a@-ba@lak naha@ta@ hai (|naha@) baccaa-baaLak nahataa hE_

(44) The Christian man prays. &sa@& pra@rthana@ karata@ hai (|pra@rthama@ kar) }|saa}| paRaYa|naa krtaa

hE_

(45) Ashok wants food. As{ok kha@na@ c{a@hata@ hai (|c{a@ha) Aoaaek Saanaa caahtaa hE_

(46) The clock-watch stops. ghad<& rukat& hai (|ruk) zaDñI wktaI hE_

(47) The cloth dries. kapad<a@ su@khata@ hai (|su@kh) kpaDña saUSataa hE_ He dries the cloth. vah kapad<a@ sukha@ta@ hai (|sukha@) vah kpaDña sauSaataa hE_

(48) Cobra bites. na@g ka@t>ata@ hai (|ka@t>) naaga ka@taa hE_

(49) The cock-hen eats rice. muraga@-murag& c{a@wal kha@ta@-kha@t& hai) maurgaa-maurgaI caavaLa Saataa-SaataI hE_

(50) It is cold. sard& hai. It gets cold. sard& hot& hai (|ho) sadI| hE_ sadI| haetaI hE_ (51) The cow gives milk. ga@y du@dh det& hai (|de) gaaya dUZa detaI hE_ (52) Crow flies. kaua@ ud<ata@ hai (|ud<) kaEAa qDñtaa hE_

(53) The cuckoo sings. koyal ga@t& hai (|ga@) kaeyaLa gaataI hE_

(54) They sell cucumbers. ve kh&re bec{ate hain[ (|bec{) vae SaIre baecatae hE>_ (55) R&na@ makes a curry. R&na@ sabj& bana@t& hai (|bana@) rInaa sabjaI banaataI hE_

Page 10: Doc Hindi learn to speak

HINDI TEACHER for English Speaking People

10

(56) He counts the days. vah din ginata@ hai (|gin) vah idna iganataa hE_ (57) The deer dances. harin< na@c{ata@ hai (|na@c{) hirNa naacataa hE_ (58) I buy diamonds. main[ h&re khar&data@ hu@n[ (|khar&d) maE> hIre SarIdtaa hUã_ (59) She opens the dictionary. vah shabda-kosh kholat& hai (|khol) vah oabdkaeoa SaaeltaI hE_

(60) The dogs fight kutte lad<ate hain[ (|lad<) kÖTae LaDñtae hE>_

(61) The donkey pulls the cart. gadha@ ga@d<& khen[c{ata@ hai (|kh&n[c{) gaZaa gaaDñI SaI>cataa hE_ (62) The door opens. darawa@ja@ khulata@ hai (|khul) drvaajaa SauLataa hE_ He opens the door. vah

darawa@ja@ kholata@ hai (|khol) vah drvaajaa SaaeLataa hE_ (63) The duck lays eggs. batakh an<d<e det& hai (|de) bataSa A>De detaI hE_

(64) The leaf moves. patta@ hilat& hai (|hil) paTaa ihLataa hE_ She moves the fan. vah pan[kha@ hila@t& hai (|hila@) vah pa>Saa ihLaataI hE_

(65) She wastes electricity. vah bijl& baraba@d karat& hai (|khara@b kar) vah ibajaLaI barbaad krtaI

hE_

(66) The elephant picks up the wood. (ha@th& lakad<& ut>ha@ta@ hai (|ut>ha@) haYaI LakDñI q#ataa hE_

(67) This is the end. yah ant hai (|ho) yah A>ta hE_

(68) Monika@ sends (mails) an envelope. Monika@ lifa@fa@ bhejat& hai (|bhej) maaeinaka iLafafa

BaejataI hE_

(69) M&na@ writes an examination. M&na@ par&ks<a@ det& hai (|likh, |de) maInaa parIxaa detaI hE_ (70) The child closes one eye. ba@lak ek a@n[kh band karata@ hai (|band kar) baaLak ]k AaãSa ba>d

krtaa hE_

(71) Father wears eye-glasses. pita@j& c{as{ma@ pahanate hain[ (|pahan) ipataajaI caomaa pahnatae hE>_ (72) We celebrate Diwa@l&-festival. ham Diwa@l&-mela@ mana@te hain[ (|mana@) hma idvaaLaI-maeLaa

manaatae hE>_

(73) He points a finger. vah an[gul& dikha@ta@ hai (|rakh) vah AãgauLaI idSaataa hE_

(74) The fire burns. a@g jalat& hai (|jal) Aaga jaLataI hE_

(75) The fish hides. mac{hal& c{hupat& hai (|c{hup) maCLaI CupataI hE_

(76) The flag moves. jhan<d<a@ hilata@-farafara@ta@ hai (|hil) Ja>Da ihLataa-frfrataa hE_

Page 11: Doc Hindi learn to speak

HINDI TEACHER for English Speaking People

11

(77) Tulika@ smells the flower. Tulika@ fu@l su@n[ghat& hai (|su@n[gh) tauiLaka f”La saUãzataI hE_

(78) D&pak cooks the food. D&pak kha@na@ pakata@ hai (|paka@) dIpak Saanaa pakataa hE_

(79) He is a fool. vah mu@rkh hai (|ho) vah maUSa| hE_ (80) The fox jumps. lomad<& ku@dat& hai (|ku@d) LaaemaDñI k”dtaI hE_

(81) The child laughs. bac{c{a@ han[sata@ hai (|han[s) baccaa hãsataa hE_ (82) A frog jumps. men<d<hak ku@data@ hai (|j&) mae>$k k”dtaa hE_

(83) A fruit falls. fal girata@ hai (|gir) fLa igartaa hE_

(84) N&na@ buys a frying pan. N&na@ kad<a@h& khar&dat& hai (|khar&d) naInaa kDñahI SarIdtaI hE_

(85) The gate opens. fa@t>ak khulata@ hai (|khul) fa@k SauLataa hE_ Sun&l open the gate. Sun&l fa@t>ak kholata@ hai (|khul) saunaILa fa@k SaaeLataa hE_

(86) The girl weeps. lad<ak& rot& hai (|ro) LaDñkI raetaI hE_

(87) The goat sits. bakar& bait>hat& hai (|bait>h) bakrI baE#taI hE_ bakara@ bait>hata@ hai bakra baE#taa

hE_

(88) God is. bhagawa@n hai (|ho) Bagavaana` hE_ (89) The grand-daughter sleeps. pot&-na@tin sot& hai (|so) paaetaI-naaitana saaetaI hE_

(90) The grapes ripe. an[gu@r pakate hain[ (|pak) A>gaUr paktae hE>_

(91) The grass grows. gha@s bad<hat& hai. (|bad<h) zaasa ba$ñtaI hE_ (92) The groom asks. dulha@ pu@c{hata@ hai (|pu@c{h) dULha paUCtaa hE_

(93) Bob digs the ground. Bob jam&n khodata@ hai (|khod) baaâba jamaIna Saaedtaa hE_ (94) The girls eat guavas. lad<akiya@n[ amaru@da kha@t& hain[ (|kha@) LaDñikyaaã AmaWd SaataI hE>_

(95) The guests enter. mehma@n pravesh karate hain (|pravesh kar) maehmaana paRvaeoa krtae hE>_

(96) The hair grow. ba@l bad<hate hain[ (|bad<h) baaLa ba$ñtae hE>_ (97) The hands protect. ha@th raks<a@ karate hain[ (|raks<a@ kar) haYa rxaa krtae hE>_

(98) The hare hides. kharagos{ c{hupata@ hai (|c{hup) Sargaaeoa Cupataa hE_

(99) Rola@ sells hats. Rola@ t>opiya@n[ bec{at& hai (|bec{) raeLaa @aeipayaaã baecataI hE_ (100) The head does thinking. sir soc{ata@ hai (|soc{) isar saaecataa hE_

Page 12: Doc Hindi learn to speak

HINDI TEACHER for English Speaking People

12

(101) The heart pumps. dil dhad<akata@ hai (|dhad<ak) idLa ZaDñktaa hE_

(102) The heat increases. garam& bad<hat& hai (|bad<h) garmaI ba$ñtaI hE_ (103) I want help. main[ madad c{a@hata@ hu@n[ (|c{a@h) maE> madd caahtaa hUã_ (104) You like honesty. a@p &ma@nada@r& c{a@hate hain[ (|c{a@h) Aapa }|maanadarI caahtae hE>_

(105) Bees make honey. madhu-makkhiya@n[ s{ahad bana@t& hain[ (|bana@) maZaumaiKSayaaã oahd banaataI hE>_

(106) He desires respect. vah samma@n c{a@hata@ hai (|c{a@h) vah sammaana caahtaa hE_ (107) The horse runs. ghod<a@ daud<ata@ hai (|bha@g, |daud<) zaaeDña daEDñtaa hE_ (108) Ra@ja@ wins a house. Ra@ja@ maka@n j&tata@ hai) rajaa makana jaItataa hE_

(109) The ice melts. barf pighalat& hai (|pighal) baf| ipazaLataI hE_

(110) Teya@ brings the keys. Teya@ c{a@biya@n[ la@t& hai (|la@) taeyaa caaibayaaã LaataI hE_ (111) N&ta@ cleans the kitchen. N&ta@ raso& sa@f karat& hai (|sa@ kar) naItaa rsaae}| saaf krtaI hE_

(112) The knife cuts. c{a@ku@ ka@t>ata@ hai (|ka@t>) caak” ka@taa hE_

(113) Lamps burn. d&ye jalate hai (|jal) dIyae jaLatae hE>_ (114) We speak Hind& language. ham Hind& bha@s<a@ bolate hain[ (|bol) hma ih>dI BaaPaa baaeLatae hE>_ (115) They make laws. ve ka@nu@n bana@te hain[ (|bana@) vae kanaUna banaatae hE>_

(116) Vijay is a lawyer. vijay vak&l hai (|ho) ivajaya vakILa hE_

(117) Leaves fall. patte girate hain[ (|gir) paTae igartae hE>_ (118) The lid opens. d<hakkan khulata@ hai (|khul) $Kkna SauLataa hE_

(119) Monkey jumps. bandar ku@data@ hai (|ku@d) ba>dr k”dtaa hE_

(120) Ratna@kar opens the lock. Ratna@kar ta@la@ kholata@ hai (|khol) rtnaakr taaLaa SaaeLataa hE_

(121) The lotus blooms. kamal khilata@ hai (|khil) kmaLa iSaLataa hE_

(122) A man explains. a@dm& samajha@ta@ hai (|samajha@) AadmaI samaJaataa hE_

(123) You eat a mango. a@p a@m kha@te hain (|kha@) Aapa Aama Saatae hE>_

(124) Maternal uncle explains the meaning. ma@ma@j& artha samajha@te hain (|samajha@) maamaajaI AYa| samaJaatae hE>_

Page 13: Doc Hindi learn to speak

HINDI TEACHER for English Speaking People

13

(125) The cow gives milk. ga@y du@dh det& hai (|de) gaaya dUZa detaI hE_ (126) Milkman brings milk. gwa@la@ du@dh la@ta@ hai (|la@) gvaaLaa dUZa Laataa hE_ (127) Dil&p receives money. Dil&p paise pa@ta@ hai (|pa@) idLaIpa paEsae paataa hE_ (128) The monkey roams. bandar ghu@mata@ hai (|ghu@m) ba>dr zaUmataa hE_ (129) The moon shines. c{and c{amakata@ hai (|c{amak) caaãd camaktaa hE_

(130) The mosquito bites. mac{c{har ka@t>ata@ hai (|ka@t>) macCr ka@taa hE_

(131) Mother loves. ma@n[ pya@r karat& hai (|pya@r kar) maaã pyaar krtaI hE_

(132) The cat catches mice. bill& c{u@he pakad<at& hai (|pakad<) ibaLLaI caUhe pakDñtaI hE_

(133) Shobha@ reads a novel. Shobha@ upanya@s pad<hat& hai (|pad<h) oaaeBaa qpanyaasa pa$ñtaI hE_ (134) Today the office is closed. a@j ka@rya@lay band hai (|band) Aaja kayaa|Laya ba>d hE_

(135) G&ta@ fries onion. G&ta@ pya@j bhu@nat& hai (|tal) gaItaa pyaaja BaUnataI hE_ (136) Suresh gives an opinion. Suresh ra@y deta@ hai (|de) saureoa raya detaa hE_ (137) Mona@ cuts an orange. Mona@ santara@ ka@t>at& hai (|ka@t>) maaenaa sa>tara ka@taI hE_

(138) The worker works. karmac{a@r& ka@m karata@ hai (|ka@m kar) kma|caarI kama krtaa hE_

(139) Anita@ sews a pair of pants. Anita@ patalu@n s&t& hai (|s&) AnaItaa pataLaUna saItaI hE_

(140) The parrot speaks. tota@ bolata@ hai (|bol) taaetaa baaeLataa hE_ (141) The peacock dances. mor na@c{ata@ hai (|na@c{) maaer naacataa hE_ (142) Rekha@ draws a picture. Rekha@ c{itra bana@t& hai (|nika@l) reSaa ica%a banaataI hE_ (143) Pig eats. su@ar kha@ta@ hai (|kha@) saUAr Saataa hE_

(144) The pigeon flies. kabu@tar ud<ata@ hai (|ud<) kbaUtar qDñtaa hE_

(145) The plant grows. paudha@ bad<hata@ hai (|bad<h) paaEZaa ba$ñtaa hE_ (146) Dish breaks. tha@l& t>u@t>at& hai (t>u@t>) YaaLaI @U@taI hE_ (147) The Poet writes. kavi likhata@ hai (|likh) kiva iLaSataa hE_

(148) The police catches a thief. sipa@h& c{or pakad<ata@ hai (|pakad<) isapaahI caaer pakDñtaa hE_

(149) Postman brings the mail. d<a@kiya@ d<a@k la@ta@ hai (|la@) Daikyaa Dak Laataa hE_

(150) The pot warms. baratan tapata@ hai (|tap) bartana tapataa hE_

Page 14: Doc Hindi learn to speak

HINDI TEACHER for English Speaking People

14

(151) Ran>a@ peels a potato. Ra@n<a@ a@lu@ c{h&lata@ hai (|c{h&l) raNaa AaLaU CILataa hE_

(152) The prices rise. k&maten[ bad<hat&@ hain[ (|bad<h) kImatae> ba$ñtaI hE>_

(153) The police gives punishment. pulis saja@ det& hai (|saja@ de) pauiLasa sajaa detaI hE_ (154) The rabbit eats radish. kharagos{ mu@l& kha@ta@ hai (|kha@) Sargaaeoa maULaI Saataa hE_ (155) David cooks rice. David c{a@wal paka@ta@ hai (|paka@) DeivaD caavaLa pakataa hE_

(156) The river flows. nad& bahat& hai (|bah) nadI bahtaI hE_ (157) Tony cleans the room. Tony kamara@ sa@f karata@ hai (|sa@f kar) @aenaI kmara saaf krtaa hE_

(158) The rose blooms. gula@b khilata@ hai (|khil) gauLaaba iSaLataa hE_ (159) The servant works. naukar ka@m karata@ hai (|ka@m kar) naaEkr kama krtaa hE_

(160) Dev washes hands. Dev ha@th dhota@ hai (|dho) deva haYa Zaaetaa hE_ (161) Paul wears shoes-boots. Paul ju@te pahanata@ hai (|pahan) paaâLa jaUtae pahnataa hE_ (162) The shop opens today also. a@j bh& duka@n khulat& hai (|khul) Aaja BaI dukana SauLataI hE_

(163) Sister calls. d&d& bula@t& hai (|bula@) dIdI bauLaataI hE_ (164) Sister-in-law knows this. sa@l&-bha@bh& yah ja@nat& hai (|ja@n) saaLaI-BaaBaI yah jaanataI hE_ (165) Son wears the socks. bet>a@ moje pahanata@ hai (|pahan) bae@a maaejae pahnataa hE_ (166) We listen the sound. ham a@wa@j sunate hain[ (|sun) hma Aavaaja saunatae hE>_

(167) The sparrow eats seeds. c{id<iya@ b&j-da@ne kha@t& hai (kha@) icaiDñyaa baIja-danae SaataI hE_ (168) The star shines. ta@ra@ c{amakata@ hai (|c{amak) taara camaktaa hE_

(169) We listen the story. ham kaha@n& sunate hain[ (|sun) hma khanaI saunatae hE>_

(170) Student attains success. c{ha@tra yas{a pa@ta@ hai (|pa@) Ca%a yaoa paataa hE_

(171) Sun sets. su@raj d<u@bata@ hai (|d<u@b) saUrja DUbataa hE_ (172) Jerry makes tea. Jerry c{ay bana@ta@ hai (|bana@) jaerI caaya banaataa hE_ (173) Prabha@t wears a cap. Prabha@t t<op& pahanata@ hai (|bana@) paRBaata @aepaI pahnataa hE_ (174) Anil knows Sanskrit. Anil Sanskrit ja@nata@ hai (|bana@) Ainal sa>s×ta jaanataa hE_

(175) Indira@ reads a news paper. Indira@ akhaba@r pad<hat& hai (|pad<h) }>idra ASabaar pa$ñtaI hE_

(176) Atul sends a letter. Atul patra bhejata@ hai (|bhej) Ataul pa%a Baejataa hE_

Page 15: Doc Hindi learn to speak

HINDI TEACHER for English Speaking People

15

(177) Ajay tastes the meal. Ajay kha@na@ c{akhata@ hai (|bana@) Ajaya Saanaa caSataa hE_

(178) The teacher teaches. guruj&-s{iks<ak pad<ha@te hain[ (|pad<ha@) gauwjaI-ioaxak pa$ñatae hE>_

(179) They give thanks. ve dhanyava@da dete hain[ (|de) vae Zanyavaad detae hE>_ (180) The thief runs away. c{or bha@gata@ hai (|bha@g) caaer Baagataa hE_ (181) I tell one thing. main{ ek ba@t bata@ta@ hu@n[ (|bata@) maE> ]k baata bataataa hUã_ I give one thing.

main{ ek c{&j deta@ hu@n[ (|de) maE> ]k caIja detaa hUã_

(182) The s{er hunts. s{er s{ika@r karata@ hai (|s{ika@r kar) oaer ioakar krtaa hE_

(183) Dolly boils eggs. Dolly an>d<e uba@lat& hai (|uba@l) DaâLaI A>De qbaaLataI hE_

(184) The towel dries. tauliya@ su@khata@ hai (|su@kh) taaEiLayaa saUSataa hE_ (185) Kids play. bac}c}e khelate hain[) baccae SaeLatae hE>_ (186) This is the truth. yah sac{ hai (|ho) yah saca hE_ (187) The washerman washes the clothes. dhob& kapad<e dhota hai (|dho) ZaaebaI kpaDñe Zaaetaa hE_

(188) Water is boils. pa@n& ubalata@ hai (|ubal) paanaI qbaLataa hE_ (189) Wind blows. hava@ bahat& hai (|bah) hvaa bahtaI hE_ (190) The window opens. khid<ak& khulat& hai (|khul) iSaDñkI SauLataI hE_

(191) The wood burns. lakad<& jalat& hai (|jal) LakDñI jaLataI hE_

(192) I do work. main[ ka@m karata@ ku@n[ (|kar) maE> kama krtaa hUã_

(193) She gives reply. vah jawa@b det& hai (|jawa@b de) vah javaaba detaI hE_ (194) He makes an attempt. vah prayatna karata@ hai (pra|yatna kar) vah paRyatna krtaa hE_

(195) He lives here. vah yaha@n[ rahata@ hai (|rah, |ho) vah yahaã rhtaa hE_ (196) Chicken crosses the road. murag& rasta@ pa@r karat& hai (|pa@r kar) maurgaI rstaa paar krtaI hE_

(197) She forgets the address. vah pata@ bhu@lat& hai (|bhu@l) vah pataa BaULataI hE_ (198) You glue the paper. a@p ka@gajh c{ipaka@te hain[ (|c{ipaka@) Aapa kagaja icapakatae hE>_

(199) Ra@m meets. Ra@m milata@ hai (|mil) rama imaLataa hE_ (200) They say. ve kahate hain[ (|kah) vae khtae hE>_

Page 16: Doc Hindi learn to speak

HINDI TEACHER for English Speaking People

16

(1) I eat, I do eat (main[> kha@ta@ hun[) maE> Saataa hUã, is a Simple Present Tense or Habitual Present

tense. (2) I am eating (main[ kha@ raha@ hun[) maE> Saa rha hUã_

Subject Object Verb Suffix1 Suffix2 I (main[ maE>) c{a@y caaya p& (paI) raha@ (rha) hu@n[ (hUã) We (ham hma) c{a@y caaya p& (paI) rahe (rhe) hain[ (hE>) You (a@p Aapa) c{a@y caaya p& (paI) rahe (rhe) hain[ (hE>) He (vah vah) c{a@y caaya p& (paI) raha@ (rha) hai (hE) She (vah vah) c{a@y caaya p& (paI) rah& (rhI) hai (hE) They (ve vae) c{a@y caaya p& (paI) rahe (rhe) hain[ (hE>)

Gender Singular Plural m\ I am doing We are doing main[ kar raha@ hun[ ham kar rahe hain[ You are doing You are doing a@p kar rahe hain[ a@p kar rahe hain[ He, it is doing They are doing vah kar raha@ hai ve kar rahe hain[ maE> kr rha hUã hma kr rhe hE>

Aapa kr rhe hE> Aapa kr rhe hE>

vah kr rha hE vae kr rhe hE>

f\ I am doing We are doing main[ kar rah& hun[ ham kar rah& hain[ You are doing You are doing a@p kar rah& hain[ a@p kar rah& hain[ She, it is doing They are doing vah kar rahi hai ve kar rah& hain[

Page 17: Doc Hindi learn to speak

HINDI TEACHER for English Speaking People

17

maE> kr rhI hUã hma kr rhI hE>

Aapa kr rhI hE> Aapa kr rhI hE>

vah kr rhI hE vae kr rhI hE>_

1. I am eating. (main[ kha@ raha@ hu@n[) maE> Saa rha hUã_

2. I am eating. (main[ kha@ rah& hu@n[) maE> Saa rhI hUã_

3. We are sleeping. (ham so rahe hain[) hma saae rhe hE>_

4. We are sleeping. (ham so rah& hain[) hma saae rhI hE>_

5. You are drinking. (a@p p& rahe hain[) Aapa paI rhe hE>_

6. You are drinking. (a@p p& rah& hain[) Aapa paI rhI hE>_

7. He is speaking. (vah bol raha@ hai) vah baaeLa rha hE_ 8. She is speaking. (vah bol rah& hai) vah baaeLa rhI hE_ 9. She is writing. (vah likh rah& hai) vah iLaSa rhI hE_

10. He is writing. (vah likh raha@ hai) vah iLaSa rha hE_ 11. They are coming. (ve a@ rahe hain[) vae Aa rhe hE>_

12. They are coming. (ve a@ rah& hain[) vae Aa rhI hE>_

13. I am seeing. (main[ dekh raha@ hu@n[) maE> deSa rha hUã_

14. I am seeing. (main[ dekh rah& hu@n[) maE> deSa rhI hUã_

15. We are seeing. (ham dekh rahe hain[) hma deSa rhe hE> 16. We are seeing. (ham dekh rah& hain[) hma deSa rhI hE>_ 17. You are seeing. (a@p dekh rahe hain[) Aapa deSa rhe hE>

18. You are seeing. a@p dekh rah& hain[ Aapa deSa rhI hE>

19. He are seeing. (vah dekh raha@ hai) vah deSa rha hE_ 20. She is seeing. (vah dekh rah& hai) vah deSa rhI hE_ 21. She is going. (vah ja@ rah& hai) vah jaa rhI hE_

22. He is going. (vah ja@ raha@ hai) vah jaa rha hE_

23. They are going. (ve ja@ rahe hain[) vae jaa rhe hE>_

Page 18: Doc Hindi learn to speak

HINDI TEACHER for English Speaking People

18

24. They are going. (ve ja@ rah& hain[) vae jaa rhI hE>_ 25. I am wishing (main[ ic{c{ha@ kar raha@ hun[) maE> }cCa kr rha hUã_

26. I am wishing. (main[ ic{c{ha@ kar rah& hun[) maE> }cCa kr rhI hUã_

27. We are worshipping. (ham pu@ja@ kar rahe hain[) hma paUjaa kr rhe hE>_

28. We are worshipping. (ham pu@ja@ kar rah& hain[) hma paUjaa kr rhI hE>_

29. You are working. (a@p ka@ma kar rahe hain[) Aapa kama kr rhe hE>_

30. You are working. (a@p ka@ma kar rah& hain[) Aapa kama kr rhI hE>_

31. He is moving. (vah hil raha@ hai) vah ihLa rha hE_ 32. He is moving. (vah hila@ raha@ hai) vah ihLaa rha hE_

33. She is moving. (vah hil rah& hai) vah ihLa rhI hE_ 34. She is moving. (vah hila@ rah& hai) vah ihLaa rhI hE_

35. It is breaking. (vah t>u@t> raha@ hai) vah @U@ rha hE_ 36. He is breaking. (vah tod< raha@ hai) vah taaeDñ rha hE_

37. It is drying. (vah su@kh raha@ hai) vah saUSa rha hE_ 38. They are drying. (ve su@kh rahe hain[) vae saUSa rhe hE>_

39. I am drying. (main[ sukha@ raha@ hun[) maE> sauSaa rha hUã_ Subject Object Verb Suffix I (main[ ne maE>nae) water (pa@n& paanaI) p& (paI) ya@ (yaa)

We (ham ne hmanae) water (pa@n& paanaI) p& (paI) ya@ (yaa)

You (a@p ne Aapanae) water (pa@n& paanaI) p& (paI) ya@ (yaa)

He (us ne qsanae) water (pa@n& paanaI) p& (paI) ya@ (yaa)

She (us ne qsanae) water (pa@n& paanaI) p& (paI) ya@ (yaa)

They (unhon[ ne qnhae>nae) water (pa@n& paanaI) p& (paI) ya@ (yaa)

Subject Object Verb Suffix I (main[ ne maE>nae) a@m Aama kha@ (Saa) ya@ (yaa)

Page 19: Doc Hindi learn to speak

HINDI TEACHER for English Speaking People

19

We (ham ne hmanae) a@m Aama kha@ (Saa) ya@ (yaa)

You (a@p ne Aapanae) a@m Aama kha@ (Saa) ya@ (yaa)

He (us ne qsanae) a@m Aama kha@ (Saa) ya@ (yaa)

She (us ne qsanae) a@m Aama kha@ (Saa) ya@ (yaa)

They (unhon[ ne qnhae>nae) a@m Aama kha@ (Saa) ya@ (yaa)

Subject Verb Suffix I (main[ maE>) a@ (Aa) ya@ (yaa)

We (ham hma) a@ (Aa) e or ye (], yae) You (a@p Aapa) a@ (Aa) e or ye (], yae) He (vah vah) a@ (Aa) ya@ (yaa) She (vah vah) a@ (Aa) y&, & (yaI, }|) They (ve vae) a@ (Aa) ye, e (yae, ]) They (ve vae) a@ (Aa) y&, & or y&n[, &n[ (yaI, }|, yaI>, }|>)

Singular Plural I drank main[ ne piya@ ham ne piya@ maE>nae paIyaa_ hmanae paIyaa_

You drank a@p ne piya@[ a@p ne piya@ Aapanae paIyaa_ Aapanae paIyaa_

He, she drank us ne piya@ unhon[ ne piya@ qsanae paIyaa_ qnhae>nae paIyaa_

I, we came main[ a@ya@ ham a@ye maE> Aayaa_ hma Aa]_

You came a@p a@ye a@p a@ye Aapa Aa]_ Aapa Aa]_

He, it came vah a@ya@ ve a@ye vah Aayaa_ vae Aa]_

Page 20: Doc Hindi learn to speak

HINDI TEACHER for English Speaking People

20

I, we came main[ a@y& ham a@y&n[* maE> Aa}|_ hma Aa}|>_*

You came a@p a@y&* a@p a@y&n[* Aapa Aa}|>_* Aapa Aa}|>_*

She came vah a@y& ve a@y&n[* vah Aa}|_ vae Aa}|>_*

1. m\ I ate (main[ ne kha@ya@, main[ ne kha@ye, main[ ne kha@&, main[ ne kha@&n[) maE>nae Saayaa, maE>nae Saa],

maE>nae Saa}|, maE>nae Saa}|>_

2. f\ I ate (main[ ne kha@ya@, main[ ne kha@ye, main[ ne kha@&, main[ ne kha@@&n[) maE>nae Saayaa, maE>nae Saa], maE>nae Saa}|, maE>nae Saa}|>_ (The feminine forms are same as masculine forms)

3. m\ We slept (ham soe) hma saae]_ 4. f\ We slept (ham so&n[) hma saae}|>_ 5. m\ You drank (a@p ne p&ya@, a@p ne p&e, a@p ne p&, a@p ne p&n[) Aapanae paIyaa, Aapanae paI], Aapanae paI,

Aapanae paI>_

6. f\ You drank (Same as masculine) 7. m\ He spoke (us ne kaha@, us ne kahe, us ne kah&, us ne kah&n[) qsanae kha, qsanae khe, qsanae

khI, qsanae khI>_

8. f\ She spoke (Same as masculine) 9. f\ She wrote (us ne likha@, us ne likhe, us ne likh&, us ne likh&n[) qsanae iLaSaa, qsanae iLaSae, qsanae

iLaSaI, qsanae iLaSaI>_

10. m\ He wrote (Same as feminine) 11. m\ They came (ve a@e) vae Aa]_

12. f\ They came (ve a@&n[) vae Aa}|>_

13. m\ I saw (main[ ne dekha@, main[ ne dekhe, main[ ne dekh&, main[ ne dekh&n[) maE>nae deSaa, maE>nae deSae, maE>nae deSaI, maE>nae deSaI>_

14. f\ I saw (Same as masculine) 15. m\ We saw (ham ne dekha@, ham ne dekhe, ham ne dekh&, ham ne dekh&n[) hmanae deSaa, hmanae

deSae, hmanae deSaI, hmanae deSaI>_

Page 21: Doc Hindi learn to speak

HINDI TEACHER for English Speaking People

21

16. f\ We saw (Same as masculine) 17. m\ You saw (a@p ne dekha@, a@p ne dekhe, a@p ne dekh&, a@p ne dekh&n[) Aapanae deSaa, Aapanae deSae,

Aapanae deSaI, Aapanae deSaI>_

18. f\ You saw (Same as masculine) 19. m\ He saw (us ne dekha@, us ne dekhe, us ne dekh&, us ne dekh&n[) qsanae deSaa, qsanae deSae, qsanae

deSaI, qsanae deSaI>_

20. f\ She saw (Same as masculine) 21. f\ She went (vah ga&) vah ga}|_ 22. m\ He went (vah gaya@) vah gayaa_ 23. m\ They went (ve gaye) vae ga]_ 24. f\ They went (ve ga&n[) vae ga}|>_

1. m\ I ate a banana, bananas, roti, roti/ ... (main[ ne kela@ kha@ya@, main[ ne kele kha@ye, main[ ne

rot>& kha@y&, main[ ne rot>iya@n[ kha@y&n[) maE>nae k’Laa Saayaa, maE>nae k’Lae Saa], maE>nae rae@I Saa}|, maE>nae raei@yaaã

Saa}|>>_

2. f\ I ate a banana, bananas, roti, roti/ (main[ ne kela@ kha@ya@, main[ ne kele kha@ye, main[ ne rot>& kha@y&, main[ ne rot>iya@n[y kha@y&n[) maE>nae k’Laa Saayaa, maE>nae k’Lae Saa], maE>nae rae@I Saa}|, maE>nae raei@yaaã

Saa}|>_ (Same as the masculine forms, there is no difference)

5. m\ You drank milk, juices, tea, coffies (a@pne du@dh p&ya@, a@pne ras p&ye, a@pne c{a@y p&, a@pne ka@fiya@n[ p&n[) Aapanae dUZa paIyaa, Aapanae rsa paI], Aapanae caaya paI, Aapanae kaifyaaã paI>>_

6. f\ You drank ... (Same as masculine) 7. m\ He spoke a word, words, poem, poems (us ne ek s{abd kaha@, us ne s{abda kahe, us ne

kavita@ kah&, us ne kavita@en[ kah&n[) qsanae ]k oabd kha, qsanae oabd khe, qsanae kivataa khI,

qsanae kivataa]ã khI>>_

8. f\ She spoke ... (Same as masculine) 9. f\ She wrote a letter, letters, letter, letters (us ne patra likha@, us ne patra likhe, us ne c{it>t>h&

likh&, us ne c{t>t>hiya@n[ likh&n[) qsanae pa%a iLaSaa, qsanae pa%a iLaSae, qsanae ica@`#I iLaSaI, qsanae icai@`#yaaã iLaSaI>_

10. m\ He wrote ... (Same as feminine)

Page 22: Doc Hindi learn to speak

HINDI TEACHER for English Speaking People

22

13. m\ I saw a green turtle, turtles, black ant, black ants (main[ ne hara@ kac{hua@ dekha@@, main[ ne hare kac{hue dekhe, main[ ne ka@li c{&n[t>& dekh&, main[ ne ka@l& c{&n[t>iya@n[ dekh&n[) maE>nae hra kCuAa deSaa, maE>nae hre kCu] deSae, maE>nae kaLaI caI>@I deSaI, maE>nae kaLaI caI>i@yaaã deSaI>_

14. f\ I saw ... (Same as masculine) 15. m\ We saw a Hind& play, plays, movie, films (ham ne Hind& na@t>ak dekha@, ham ne Hind&

na@t>ak dekhe, ham ne Hind& mu@v& dekh&, ham ne Hind& filmen[ dekh&n[) hmanae ih>dI naa@k deSaa,

hmanae ih>dI naa@k deSae, hmanae ih>dI maUvaI deSaI, hmanae ih>dI ifLmae> deSaI>_

16. f\ We saw ... (Same as masculine) 17. m\ You saw my garden, brothers, book, watches (a@p ne mera@ bag&c{a@ dekha@, a@p ne mere

bha@& dekhe, a@p ne mer& kita@b dekh&, a@p ne mer& ghad<iya@n[ dekh&n[) Aapanae maera bagaIcaa deSaa,

Aapanae maere Baa}| deSae, Aapanae maerI iktaaba deSaI, Aapanae maerI zaiDñyaaã deSaI>_

18. f\ You saw ... (Same as masculine) 19. m\ He saw your picture, pictures, car, cars (us ne a@p ka c{itra dekha@, us ne a@p ke c{itra

dekhe, us ne a@p k& ga@d<& dekh&, us ne a@p k& ga@d<iya@n[ dekh&n[) qsanae Aapaka ica%a deSaa, qsanae

Aapak’ ica%a deSae, qsanae AapakI gaaDñI deSaI, qsanae AapakI gaaiDñyaaã deSaI>_

20. f\ She saw ... (Same as masculine) 21. f\ She went home (vah ghar gay&) vah zar ga}|_ 22. m\ He went home (vah ghar gaya@) vah zar gayaa_ 23. m\ They went home (ve ghar gaye) vae zar ga]_ 24. f\ They went home (ve ghar gay&n[) vae zar ga}|>_ When should we use main[ (maE>) and when should we use main[ ne (maE>nae)?

The answer is : (a) Main[ ne maE>nae (hmanae, Aapanae, qsanae, qnhae>nae) is used for Transitive (sakma|k) verbs, only in the

Perfect tenses. (b) Main[ maE> (hma, Aapa, vah, vae) is used for Intransitive (Akma|k) verbs of all tenses.

Page 23: Doc Hindi learn to speak

HINDI TEACHER for English Speaking People

23

Then the question is : What is a Transitive verb and what is an Intransitive verb? The answer is explained in the next section : 1. maE> ca$ña_ main[ c{ad<ha@ I climbed.

2. Aapa k”de, Aapa k”dI>_ a@p ku@de, a@p ku@d&n[ You jumped.

3. vah q#a_ vah ut>ha@ He stood. 4. vah saae}|_ vah soy& She slept.

5. hma baE#e, hma baE#I>_ ham bait>he, ham bait>h&n[ We sat.

6. vae zaUmaI>_ ve ghu@m&n[ They (ladies) wandered.

7. hma taEre, hma taErI>_ ham taire, ham tair&n[ We swam.

8. Aapa Aagae ba$ñe, Aapa Aagae ba$ñI>_ a@p a@ge bad<he, a@p a@ge bad<h&n[ You advanced.

9. maE> hãsaI_ main[ han[s& I (girl) laughed. 10. vah camaka_ vah c{amaka@ He shone.

1. maE>nae gae>d pakDñI_ (main[ ne gen[d pakad<&) I caught the ball.

2. hmanae kmara saaf ikyaa_ (ham ne kamara@ sa@f kiya@) We cleaned the room.

3. Aapanae kagaja ka@a_ (a@p ne ka@gaja ka@t>a@) You cut the paper.

4. qsanae kLama q#a}|_ (us ne kalam ut>ha@&) He picked up the pen.

5. qnhae>nae haYa jaaeDñe_ (unhon[ ne ha@th jod<e) They joined hands.

6. baccae nae maaã kae caUmaa_ (bac{c{e ne ma@n[ ko c{u@ma@) The child kissed his mother.

7. sabanae baa}ibaLa jaanaa_ (sab ne ba@ibal ja@na@) All read the Bible.

8. Ariva>d nae ih>dI saISaI_ (Arvind ne Hind& s&kh&) Arvind learned Hind&.

9. maE>nae caaãd deSaa_ (main[ ne c{a@nd dekha@) I looked at the moon.

10. saunaILa nae dUZa DaLaa_ (sun&l ne du@dh d<a@la@) Sun&l poured milk.

11. rahuLa nae bartana igarayaa_ (Ra@hul ne baratan gira@ya@) Ra@hul dropped a pot.

Page 24: Doc Hindi learn to speak

HINDI TEACHER for English Speaking People

24

1. iSaLaaEnaa @U@a, rama nae iSaLaaEnaa taaeDña_ (khilauna@ t>u@t>a@, Ra@m ne khilauna@ tod<a@) The toy broke, Ra@m

broke the toy. 2. zaasa jaLaI, qsanae zaasa jaLaa}| _ (gha@s jal&, us ne gha@s jala@y&) The grass burned, He burned the

grass. 3. paTaae> ka r>ga badLaa, hmanae makana badLaa_ (patton[ ka@ ran[g badala@, ham ne maka@n badala@) The

colour of leaves changed, We changed the house. 4. taaLaaba Bara, qnhae>nae paanaI Bara_ (ta@la@b bhara@, unhon[ ne pa@n& bhara@) The pond got filled, They

filled (a pot) with water. 5. kpaDña saUSaa, A>jaiLa nae kpaDña sauSaayaa_ (kapad<a@ su@kha@, An~jali ne kapad<a@ sukha@ya@) Cloth dried,

An~jal& dried the cloth. 6. Ja>Da ihLaa, qsanae Ja>Da ihLaayaa_ (jhan<d<a@ hila@, us ne jhan<d<a@ hila@ya@) The flag moved, He moved

the flag. 7. baccaa iCpaa, baccae nae iSaLaaEnaa iCpaayaa_ (bac{c{a@ c{hipa@, bac{c{e ne khilauna@ c{hipa@ya@) The boy

hid, The boy hid the toy. 8. za>@I bajaI, maE>nae za>@I bajaa}|_ (ghan<t>& baj&, main[ ne ghan<t>& baja@&) The bell rang, I rang the bell.

9. vah wka, qsanae gaaDñI raekI_ (vah ruka@, us ne ga@d<& rok&) He stopped, He stopped the car.

10. pa>CI qDña, qsanae hvaa}| jahaja qDñayaa_ (pan~c{h& ud<a@, us ne hawa@& jaha@j ud<a@ya@) The bird flew.

She flew the aeroplane.

REMEMBER TWO THINGS

(1) Use of suffix ne (nae) occurs only in the Perfect Tenses while using the Transitive verbs.

(2) When ne (nae) suffix is attached, (it isolates the subject from the verb and the object) Now

the gender, number and person of the subject has no effect on the verb. The verb is now affected by gender and number of the object.

1. He did the work (us ne ka@m kiya@) qsanae kama ikyaa_

Page 25: Doc Hindi learn to speak

HINDI TEACHER for English Speaking People

25

He got the work done (us ne ka@m karawa@ya@) qsanae kama krvaayaa_

2. She wrote the letter (us ne patra likha@) qsanae pa%a iLaSaa_ She got the letter written (us ne patra likhawa@ya@) qsanae pa%a iLaSavaayaa_ 3. He cut the wood (us ne lakad<& ka@t>&) qsanae LakDñI ka@I_

He got the wood cut (us ne lakad<& kat>awa@&) qsanae LakDñI k@vaa}|_

4. They wrote this article together. (unhon[ ne yah lekh mil kar likha@ hai) qnhae>nae yah LaeSa imaLa kr

iLaSaa_

They got this article written by the someone. (unhon[ ne yah lekh kis& se likhava@ya@) qnhae>nae yah LaeSa iksaI sae iLaSavaayaa_

5. The servants have dropped the stones in proper place. (naukaron[ ne patthar t>h&k jagah par d<a@le hain[) naaEkrae> nae patYar #Ik jagah par DaLae hE>_

He got the stones dropped at proper place through the servants. (us ne naukaron[ se patthar t>h&k jagah par d<alava@e) qsanae naaEkrae> sae patYar #Ik jagah par DLavaa]_

NOTE: The Hind& words that are underlined with a dotted line are Sanskrit words.

1. m\ I had eaten (main[ ne kha@ya@ tha@, main[ ne kha@ye the, main[ ne kha@y& th&, main[ ne kha@y& th&n[) maE>nae Saayaa Yaa, maE>nae Saa] Yae, maE>nae Saa}| YaI, maE>nae Saa}| YaI>_

2. f\ I had eaten (main[ ne kha@ya@ tha@, main[ ne kha@ye the, main[ ne kha@y& th&, main[ ne kha@y& th&n[)

maE>nae Saayaa Yaa, maEnae Saa] Yae, maE>nae Saa}| YaI, maE>nae Saa}| YaI>_ (Same as masculine)

3. m\ We had slept. (ham soye the) hma saae] Yae_ 4. f\ We had slept. (ham soy& th&n[) hma saae}| YaI>_ 5. m\ You had drunk. (a@p ne p&ya@ tha@, a@pne p&ye the, a@p ne p& th&, a@p ne p& th&n[) Aapanae paIyaa Yaa,

Aapanae paI] Yae, Aapanae paI YaI, Aapanae paI YaI>_

6. f\ You had drunk. (Same as masculine)

Page 26: Doc Hindi learn to speak

HINDI TEACHER for English Speaking People

26

7. m\ He had spoken. (us ne kaha@ tha@, us ne kahe the, us ne kah& th&, us ne kah& th&n[) qsanae kha

Yaa, qsanae khe Yae, qsanae khI YaI, qsanae khI YaI>_

8. f\ She had spoken. (Same as masculine) 9. f\ She had written (usne likha@ tha@, us ne likhe the, usne likh& th&, usne likh& th&n[) qsanae iLaSaa

Yaa, qsanae iLaSae Yae, qsanae iLaSaI YaI, qsanae iLaSaI YaI>_

10. m\ He had written. (Same as feminine) 11. m\ They had come. (ve a@ye the) vae Aa] Yae_

12. f\ They had come. (ve a@y& th&n[) vae Aa}| YaI>_

13. m\ I had seen. (main[ ne dekha@ tha@, main[ ne dekhe the, main[ ne dekh& th&, main[ ne dekh& th&n[) maE>nae deSaa Yaa, maE>nae deSae Yae, maE>nae deSaI YaI, maE>nae deSaI YaI>_

14. f\ I had seen. (Same as masculine) 15. m\ We had seen. (ham ne dekha@ tha@, ham ne dekhe the, ham ne dekh& th&, ham ne dekh& th&n[)

hmanae deSaa Yaa, hmanae deSae Yae, hmanae deSaI YaI, hmanae deSaI YaI>_

16. f\ We had seen. (Same as masculine) 17. m\ You had seen. (a@p ne dekha@ tha@, a@p ne dekhe the, a@p ne dekh& th&, a@p ne dekh& th&n[) Aapanae

deSaa Yaa, Aapanae deSae Yae_ Aapanae deSaI YaI, Aapanae deSaI YaI>_

18. f\ You had seen. (Same as masculine) 19. m\ He had seen. (us ne dekha@ tha@, us ne dekhe the, us ne dekh& th&, us ne dekh& th&n[) qsanae

deSaa Yaa, qsanae deSae Yae, qsanae deSaI YaI, qsanae deSaI YaI>_

20. f\ She had seen. (Same as masculine) 21. f\ She had gone. (vah gay& th&) vah ga}| YaI_ 22. m\ He had gone. (vah gaya@ tha@) vah gayaa Yaa_ 23. m\ They had gone. (ve gaye the) vae ga] Yae_ 24. f\ They had gone. (ve gay& th&n[) vae ga}| YaI>_

1. m\ I had eaten a banana, ...bananas, roti, roti/ (main[ ne kela@ kha@ya@ tha@, main[ ne kele kha@ye the, main[ ne rot& kha@y& th&, main[ ne rotiya@n[ kha@y& th&n[) maE>nae k’Laa Saayaa Yaa, maE>nae k’Lae Saa] Yae, maE>nae

rae@I Saa}| YaI, maE>nae raei@yaaã Saa}| YaI>_

Page 27: Doc Hindi learn to speak

HINDI TEACHER for English Speaking People

27

2. f\ I had eaten a banana, ...bananas, rot>&, rot>&/ (main[ ne kela@ kha@ya@ tha@, main[ ne kele kha@ye the, main[ ne rot& kha@y& th&, main[ ne rotiya@n[ kha@y& th&n[) maE>nae k’Laa Saayaa Yaa, maE>nae k’Lae Saa] Yae, maE>nae

rae@I Saa}| YaI, maE>nae raei@yaaã Saa}| YaI>_ (Same as masculine, no difference)

5. m\ You had drunk milk, juices, tea, coffies (a@p ne du@dh p&ya@ tha@, a@p ne ras p&ye the, a@p ne c{a@y p& th&, a@p ne kaf&ya@n[ p& th&n[) Aapanae dUZa paIyaa Yaa, Aapanae rsa paI] Yae, Aapanae caaya paI YaI, Aapanae

kaifyaaã paI YaI>_

6. f\ You had drunk ... (Same as masculine) 7. m\ He had spoken a word, words, poem, poems (us ne ek s{abda kaha@ tha@, us ne s{abda kahe

the, us ne kavita@ kah& th&, us ne kuc{h kavita@en[ kah& th&n[) qsanae ]k oabd kha Yaa, qsanae kÖC

oabd khe Yae, qsanae kivataa khI YaI, qsanae kivataa]ã khI YaI>_

8. f\ She had spoken ... (Same as masculine) 9. f\ She had written a letter, letters, letter, letters (us ne patra likha@ tha@, us ne patra likhe the, us

ne c{it>t>h& likh& th&, us ne c{t>t>hiya@n[ likh& th&n[) qsanae pa%a iLaSaa Yaa, qsanae pa%a iLaSae Yae, qsanae ica@#I iLaSaI YaI, qsanae icai@#yaaã iLaSaI YaI>_

10. m\ He had written ... (Same as feminine) 13. m\ I had seen a green turtle, green turtles, a black ant, black ants (main[ ne hara@ kac{hua@

dekha@ tha@, main[ ne hare kac{hue dekhe the, main[ ne ka@l& c{&n[t>& dekh& th&, main[ ne ka@l& c{&n[t>iya@n[ dekh& th&n[) maE>nae hra kCuAa deSaa Yaa, maE>nae hre kCu] deSae Yae, maE>nae kaLaI caI>@I deSaI YaI, maE>nae kaLaI

caI>i@yaaã deSaI YaI>_

14. f\ I had seen ... (Same as masculine) 15. m\ We had seen a Hind& play, plays, movie, films (ham ne Hind& na@t>ak dekha@ tha@, ham ne

Hind& na@t>ak dekhe the, ham ne Hind& mu@v& dekh& th&, ham ne Hind& filmen[ dekh& th&n[) hmanae ih>dI naa@k deSaa Yaa, hmanae ih>dI naa@k deSae Yae, hmanae ih>dI maUvaI deSaI YaI, hmanae ih>dI ifLmae> deSaI YaI>_

16. f\ We had seen ... (Same as masculine) 17. m\ You had seen my garden, brothers, book, watches (a@p ne mera@ bag&c{a@ dekha@ tha@, a@p ne

mere bha@& dekhe the, a@p ne mer& kita@b dekh& th&, a@p ne mer& ghad<iya@n[ dekh& th&n[) Aapanae maera

bagaIcaa deSaa Yaa, Aapanae maere Baa}| deSae Yae, Aapanae maerI iktaaba deSaI YaI, Aapanae maerI zaiDñyaaã deSaI YaI>_

18. f\ You had seen ... (Same as masculine)

Page 28: Doc Hindi learn to speak

HINDI TEACHER for English Speaking People

28

19. m\ He had seen your picture, pictures, car, cars (us ne a@p ka c{itra dekha@ tha@, us ne a@p ke c{itra dekhe the, us ne a@p k& ga@d<& dekh& th&, us ne a@p k& ga@d<iya@n[ dekh& th&n[) qsanae Aapaka ica%a deSaa Yaa,

qsanae Aapak’ ica%a deSae Yae, qsanae AapakI gaaDñI deSaI YaI, qsanae AapakI gaaiDñyaaã deSaI YaI>_

20. f\ She had seen ... (Same as masculine) TABLE : FUTURE TENSE Subject Object Verb Suffix1 Suffix2 I (main)[ maE> water (pa@n&) paanaI p& (paI) u@n[ (Qã) ga@ (gaa) We (ham) hma water (pa@n&) paanaI p& (paI) en[ (]ã) ge (gae)

You (a@p) Aapa water (pa@n&) paanaI p& (paI) en[ (]ã) ge (gae)

He (vah) vah water (pa@n&) paanaI p& (paI) e (]) ga@ (gaa) She (vah) vah water (pa@n&) paanaI p& (paI) e (]) g& (gaI) They (ve) vae water (pa@n&) paanaI p& (paI) en[ (]ã) ge (gae)

Masculine : Singular Plural I will do. We will do. main[ karu@n[ga@. ham karen[ge. maE> kWãgaa_ hma kre>gae_

You will do. You will do. a@p karen[ge. a@p karen[ge. Aapa kre>gae_ Aapa kre>gae_

He will do. They will do. vah karega@. ve karen[ge. vah kregaa_ vae kre>gae_

Feminine : I will do. We will do.

Page 29: Doc Hindi learn to speak

HINDI TEACHER for English Speaking People

29

main[ karu@n[g& . ham karen[g&.*[ maE> kWãgaI_ hma kre>gaI_*

You will do. You will do. a@p karen[g&.* a@p karen[g&.* Aapa kre>gaI_* Aapa kre>gaI_*

She will do. They will do. vah kareg&. ve karen[g&.* vah kregaI_ vae kre>gaI_*

*Many people use the masculine plurals for femine plurals also. 1. m\ I will eat (main[ kha@u@n[ga@[) maE> SaaQãgaa_

2. f\ I will eat (main[ kha@u@n[g&) maE> SaaQãgaI_

3. m\ We will sleep (ham soen[ge) hma saae]ãgae_

4. f\ We will sleep (ham soen[g&) hma saae]ãgaI_

5. m\ You will drink (a@p pien[ge) Aapa paI]ãgae_

6. f\ You will drink (a@p p&en[g&) Aapa paI]ãgaI_

7. m\ He will speak (vah kahega@) vah khegaa_

8. f\ She will speak (vah kaheg&) vah khegaI_

9. m\ He will write (vah likhega@) vah iLaSaegaa_

10. f\ She will write (vah likheg&) vah iLaSaegaI_

11. m\ They will come (ve a@en[ge) vae Aa]ãgae_

12. f\ They will come (ve a@en[g&) vae Aa]ãgaI_

13. m\ I will see (main[ dekhu@n[ga@) maE> deSaUãgaa_

14. f\ I will see (main[ dekhu@n[g&) maE> deSaUãgaI_

15. m\ We will see (ham dekhen[ge) hma deSae>gae_

Page 30: Doc Hindi learn to speak

HINDI TEACHER for English Speaking People

30

16. f\ We will see (ham dekhen[g&) hma deSae>gaI_

17. m\ You will see (a@p dekhen[ge) Aapa deSae>gae_

18. f\ You will see (a@p dekhen[g&) Aapa deSae>gaI_

19. m\ He will see (vah dekhega@) vah deSaegaa_

20. f\ She will see (vah dekheg&) vah deSaegaI_

21. m\ He will go (vah ja@ega@) vah jaa]gaa_

22. f\ She will go (vah ja@eg&@) vah jaa]gaI_

23. m\ They will go (ve ja@en[ge) vae jaa]ãgae_

24. f\ They will go (ve ja@en[g&) vae jaa]ã>gaI_

1. Arvind is drinking cold water. (Arvind t>han<d<a@ pa@n& p& raha@ hai) Ariva>d #>Da paanaI paI rha hE_

2. Hema@ is drinking hot tea. (Hema@ garam c{a@y p& rah& hai) hemaa garma caaya paI rhI hE_ 3. Jim did not go to school. (Jim vidya@lay nah&n[ gaya@) ijama iva^aLaya nahI> gayaa_ 4. She will not eat today. (vah a@j kha@na@ nah&n[ kha@eg&) vah Aaja Saanaa nahI> Saa]gaI_

5. I jumped from the table. (main[ tebal se ku@da@-ku@d&) maE> @ebaLa (maeja) sae k”da-k”dI_

6. They cut the bananas with knife. (unhon[ ne c{a@ku@ se kele ka@t>e) qnhae>nae caak” sae k’Lae ka@e_

7. I had washed hands with soap. (main[ ne ha@th sa@bun se dhoye the) maE>nae haYa saabauna sae Zaae] Yae_ 8. We filled gas in the car. (ham ne ka@r men[ gais bhar&, pet<rol bhara.@) hmanae kar (gaaDñI) mae> gaEsa

BarI (pae@¼aeLa Bara)_

9. Shawn shoveled the snow. (Sha@n ne barf sa@f k&) oaana nae baf| saaf kI_

10. Jim gave me the book. (Jim ne mujhe pustak d&) ijama nae mauJae paustak dI_

11. You are not looking at me. (a@p mer& or nah&n[ dekh rahe-rah& hain[) Aapa maerI Aaer nahI> deSa rhe-

rhI hE>_

12. Arvind reads. (Arvind pad<hata@ hai) Ariva>d pa$ñtaa hE_

13. I saw the school. (main[ ne vidya@lay dekha@-pa@t>has{a@la@ dekh&) maE>nae iva^aLaya deSaa, paa#oaaLaa deSaI_

14. I will not give you the book. (main[ a@p ko kita@b nah&n[ du@n[ga@) maE> Aapakae iktaaba nahI> dUãgaa_

Page 31: Doc Hindi learn to speak

HINDI TEACHER for English Speaking People

31

15. I am giving you the money. (main[ a@p ko paise de raha@ hu@n) maE> Aapakae paEsae de rha hUã_

16. He was giving me the ball. (vah mujhe gend de raha@ tha@) vah mauJae gae>d de rha Yaa_ 17. She was not there. (vah vaha@n[ nah&n[ th&) vah vahaã nahI> YaI_

(1) SIMPLE PRESENT TENSE (ta@, te, t&, t&n[, taa, tae, taI, taI>) eg\ I write a Hind& letter, I do write a Hind& letter. Subject Adjective Object Verb Suffix

I m\ maE> ih>dI pa%a iLaSa taa hUã_

I f\ maE> ih>dI pa%a iLaSa taI hUã_

We m\ hma ih>dI pa%a iLaSa tae hE>_

We f\ hma ih>dI pa%a iLaSa taI hE>_

You m\ Aapa ih>dI pa%a iLaSa tae hE>_

You f\ Aapa ih>dI pa%a iLaSa taI hE>_

He, that vah ih>dI pa%a iLaSa taa hE_

She f\ vah ih>dI pa%a iLaSa taI hE_

They m\ vae ih>dI pa%a iLaSa tae hE>_

They f\ vae ih>dI pa%a iLaSa taI hE>_

I m\ main[ Hind& patra likh ta@ hu@n[ I f\ main[ Hind& patra likh t& hu@n[ We m\ ham Hind& patra likh te hain[ We f\ ham Hind& patra likh t& hain[ You m\ a@p Hind& patra likh te hain[ You f\ a@p Hind& patra likh t& hain[

Page 32: Doc Hindi learn to speak

HINDI TEACHER for English Speaking People

32

He, that vah Hind& patra likh ta@ hai She f\ vah Hind& patra likh t& hai They m\ ve Hind& patra likh te hain[ They f\ ve Hind& patra likh t& hain[ (2) PRESENT CONTINUOUS TENSE (raha@, rahe, rah&, rah&n[, rha, rhe, rhI, rhI>) eg\ I am writing a Hind& latter Subject Adjective Object Verb Suffix

I m\ maE> ih>dI pa%a iLaSa rha hUã_

I f\ maE> ih>dI pa%a iLaSa rhI hUã_

We m\ hma ih>dI pa%a iLaSa rhe hE>_

We f\ hma ih>dI pa%a iLaSa rhI hE>_ You m\ Aapa ih>dI pa%a iLaSa rhe hE>_

You f\ Aapa ih>dI pa%a iLaSa rhI hE>_ He, that vah ih>dI pa%a iLaSa rha hE_ She f\ vah ih>dI pa%a iLaSa rhI hE_

They m\ vae ih>dI pa%a iLaSa rhe hE>_

They f\ vae ih>dI pa%a iLaSa rhI hE>_

I m\ main[ Hind& patra likh raha@ hu@n[ I f\ main[ Hind& patra likh rah& hu@n[ We m\ ham Hind& patra likh rahe hain[ We f\ ham Hind& patra likh rah& hain[ You m\ a@p Hind& patra likh rahe hain[ You f\ a@p Hind& patra likh rah& hain[ He, that vah Hind& patra likh raha@ hai She f\ vah Hind& patra likh rah& hai They m\ ve Hind& patra likh rahe hain[ They f\ ve Hind& patra likh rah& hain[

Page 33: Doc Hindi learn to speak

HINDI TEACHER for English Speaking People

33

(3) FUTURE TENSE (ga@, ge, g&, g&n[, gaa, gae, gaI, gaI>) eg\ I will write a Hind& latter Subject Adjective Object Verb Suffix

I m\ maE> ih>dI pa%a iLaSa Qã gaa_

I f\ maE> ih>dI pa%a iLaSa Qã gaI_

We m\ hma ih>dI pa%a iLaSa ]ã gae_

We f\ hma ih>dI pa%a iLaSa ]ã gaI_

You m\ Aapa ih>dI pa%a iLaSa ]ã gae_

You f\ Aapa ih>dI pa%a iLaSa ]ã gaI_

He m\ vah ih>dI pa%a iLaSa ] gaa_

She f\ vah ih>dI pa%a iLaSa ] gaI_

They m\ vae ih>dI pa%a iLaSa ]ã gae_

They f\ vae ih>dI pa%a iLaSa ]ã gaI_

I m\ main[ Hind& patra likh u@n[ ga@. I f\ main[ Hind& patra likh u@n[ g&. You m\ a@p Hind& patra likh en[ ge. You f\ a@p Hind& patra likh en[ g&. He, that vah Hind& patra likh e ga@. She f\ vah Hind& patra likh e g&. They m\ ve Hind& patra likh en[ ge. They f\ ve Hind& patra likh en[ g&.

Page 34: Doc Hindi learn to speak

HINDI TEACHER for English Speaking People

34

(4) HABITUAL PAST TENSE (ta@ tha@, te the, t& th&, t& th&n[, taa Yaa, tae Yae, taI YaI, taI YaI>) eg\ I used to write a Hind& latter Subject Adjective Object Verb Suffix

I m\ maE> ih>dI pa%a iLaSa taa Yaa_

I f\ maE> ih>dI pa%a iLaSa taI YaI_

We m\ hma ih>dI pa%a iLaSa tae Yae_

We f\ hma ih>dI pa%a iLaSa taI YaI>_

You m\ Aapa ih>dI pa%a iLaSa tae Yae_

You f\ Aapa ih>dI pa%a iLaSa taI YaI>_

He, that vah ih>dI pa%a iLaSa taa Yaa_

She f\ vah ih>dI pa%a iLaSa taI YaI_

They m\ vae ih>dI pa%a iLaSa tae Yae_

They f\ vae ih>dI pa%a iLaSa taI YaI>_

I m\ main[ Hind& patra likh ta@ tha@. I f\ main[ Hind& patra likh t& th&. We m\ ham Hind& patra likh te the. We f\ ham Hind& patra likh t& th&n[. You m\ a@p Hind& patra likh te the. You f\ a@p Hind& patra likh t& th&n[. He, that vah Hind& patra likh ta@ tha@. She f\ vah Hind& patra likh t& th&. They m\ ve Hind& patra likh te the. They f\ ve Hind& patra likh t& th&n[. (5) PAST CONTINUOUS TENSE (raha@, rahe, rah&, rah&n[, rha, rhe, rhI, rhI>) eg\ I was writing a Hind& latter

Page 35: Doc Hindi learn to speak

HINDI TEACHER for English Speaking People

35

Subject Adjective Object Verb Suffix

I m\ maE>> ih>dI pa%a iLaSa rha Yaa_

I f\ maE>> ih>dI pa%a iLaSa rhI YaI_

We m\ hma ih>dI pa%a iLaSa rhe Yae_

We f\ hma ih>dI pa%a iLaSa rhI YaI>_ You m\ Aapa ih>dI pa%a iLaSa rhe Yae_

You f\ Aapa ih>dI pa%a iLaSa rhI YaI>_ He vah ih>dI pa%a iLaSa rha Yaa_

She vah ih>dI pa%a iLaSa rhI YaI_

They m\ vae ih>dI pa%a iLaSa rhe Yae_

They f\ vae ih>dI pa%a iLaSa rhI YaI>_

I m\ main[ Hind& patra likh raha@ tha@. I f\ main[ Hind& patra likh rah& th&. We m\ ham Hind& patra likh rahe the. We f\ ham Hind& patra likh rah& th&n[. You m\ a@p Hind& patra likh rahe the. You f\ a@p Hind& patra likh rah& th&n[. He vah Hind& patra likh raha@ tha@. She vah Hind& patra likh rah& th&. They m\ ve Hind& patra likh rahe the. They f\ ve Hind& patra likh rah& th&n[.

(6) PAST INDEFINITE PERFECT TENSE Transitive verb (a@, e, &, &n[, Aa, ], }|, }|>)

eg\ I did write a Hind& latter, I wrote a Hind& letter

Page 36: Doc Hindi learn to speak

HINDI TEACHER for English Speaking People

36

Subject Adjective Object Verb Suffix

I m\ f\ maE>nae ih>dI pa%a iLaSa Aa

We m\ f\ hmanae ih>dI pa%a iLaSa Aa

You m\ f\ Aapanae ih>dI pa%a iLaSa Aa

He qsanae ih>dI pa%a iLaSa Aa

She qsanae ih>dI pa%a iLaSa Aa

They m\ f\ qnhae>nae ih>dI pa%a iLaSa Aa

I m\ f\ main[ ne Hind& patra likh a@ We m\ f\ ham ne Hind& patra likh a@ You m\ f\ a@p ne Hind& patra likh a@ He us ne Hind& patra likh a@ She us ne Hind& patra likh a@ They m\ f\ unhon[ ne Hind& patra likh a@

(7) PAST PERFECT TENSE Transitive verb (a@, e, &, &n[, Aa, ], }|, }|>)

eg\ I had written a Hind& latter Subject Adjective Object Verb Suffix

I m\ f\ maE>nae ih>dI pa%a iLaSa Aa Yaa

We m\ f\ hmanae ih>dI pa%a iLaSa Aa Yaa

You m\ f\ Aapanae ih>dI pa%a iLaSa Aa Yaa

He qsanae ih>dI pa%a iLaSa Aa Yaa

She qsanae ih>dI pa%a iLaSa Aa Yaa

They m\ f\ qnhae>nae ih>dI pa%a iLaSa Aa Yaa

Page 37: Doc Hindi learn to speak

HINDI TEACHER for English Speaking People

37

I, m\ f\ main[ ne Hind& patra likh a@ tha@ We m\ f\ ham ne Hind& patra likh a@ tha@ You m\ f\ a@p ne Hind& patra likh a@ tha@ He us ne Hind& patra likh a@ tha@ She us ne Hind& patra likh a@ tha@ They m\ f\ unhon[ ne Hind& patra likh a@ tha@

(B) INTRANSITIVE VERB eg\ to fall = |gir |igar

(8) PAST INDEFINITE TENSE Intransitive verb, to fall |gir igar (a@, e, &, &n[, Aa, ], }|, }|>)

eg\ I did fall, I fell Subject Verb Suffix

I m\ maE> igar Aa

I f\ maE> igar }|

We m\ hma igar ]

We f\ hma igar }|>

You m\ Aapa igar ]

You f\ Aapa igar }|>

He m\ vah igar Aa

She f\ vah igar }|

They m\ vae igar ]

They f\ vae igar }|>

I m\ main[ gir a@

Page 38: Doc Hindi learn to speak

HINDI TEACHER for English Speaking People

38

I f\ main[ gir & We m\ ham gir e We f\ ham gir &n[ You m\ a@p gir e You f\ a@p gir &n[ He m\ vah gir a@ She f\ vah gir & They m\ ve gir e They f\ ve gir &n[ (9) PRESENT PERFECT TENSE : eg\ I am fallen Intransitive verb, to fall |gir igar

(a@ tha@, e the, & th&, & th&n[, Aa Yaa, ] Yae, }| YaI, }| YaI>)

Subject Verb Suffix

I m\ maE> igar Aa hUã

I f\ maE> igar }| hUã

We m\ hma igar ] hE>

We f\ hma igar }| hE>

You m\ Aapa igar ] hE>

You f\ Aapa igar }| hE>

He m\ vah igar Aa hE

She f\ vah igar }| hE

They m\ vae igar ] hE>

They f\ vae igar }| hE>

Page 39: Doc Hindi learn to speak

HINDI TEACHER for English Speaking People

39

I, m\ main[ gir a@ hu@n[ I, f\ main[ gir & hu@n[ We m\ ham gir e hain[ We f\ ham gir & hain[ You m\ a@p gir e the You f\ a@p gir & th&n[ He vah gir a@ tha@ She vah gir & th& They m\ ve gir e the They f\ ve gir & th&n[ (10) PAST PERFECT TENSE : eg\ I had fallen Intransitive verb, to fall |gir igar

(a@ tha@, e the, & th&, &[ th&n[, Aa Yaa, ] Yae, }| YaI, }| YaI>)

Subject Verb Suffix

I m\ maE> igar Aa Yaa

I f\ maE> igar }| YaI

We m\ hma igar ] Yae

We f\ hma igar }| YaI>

You m\ Aapa igar ] Yae

You f\ Aapa igar }| YaI>

He m\ vah igar Aa Yaa

She f\ vah igar }| YaI

They m\ vae igar ] Yae

Page 40: Doc Hindi learn to speak

HINDI TEACHER for English Speaking People

40

They f\ vae igar }| YaI>

I, m\ main[ gir a@ tha@ I, f\ main[ gir & th& We m\ ham gir e the We f\ ham gir & th&n[ You m\ a@p gir e the You f\ a@p gir & th&n[ He m\ vah gir a@ tha@ She f\ vah gir & th& They m\ ve gir e the They f\ ve gir & th&n[ 1. I used to go (|ja@) (main[ ja@ta@ tha@, main[ ja@ta@ hota@ tha@, main[ ja@ya@ karata@ tha@) maE> jaataa Yaa, maE> jaataa haetaa Yaa, maE> jaayaa krtaa Yaa_

NOTE : In Present tense the same example would be : main[ ja@ta@ hu@n[, main[ ja@ta@ hota@ hu@n[, main[ ja@ya@ karata@ hu@n[. maE> jaataa hUã, maE> jaataa haetaa hUã, maE> jaayaa krtaa

hUã_

2. I used to walk (|c{al) (main[ c{alata@ tha@, main[ c{alata@ hota@ tha@, main[ c{ala@ karata@ tha@) maE> caLataa Yaa, maE> caLataa haetaa Yaa, maE> caLaa krtaa Yaa_

NOTE : In sesond example we attach suffix a@ (Aa) to verb |c{al (caLa + Aa) main[ c{ala@ karata@ tha@. maE>

caLaa krtaa Yaa_ While, in first example we attached suffix ya@ (yaa) to verb |ja@ (jaa + yaa) : main[

ja@ya@ karata@ hu@n[. maE> jaayaa krtaa hUã_

The reason is :

Page 41: Doc Hindi learn to speak

HINDI TEACHER for English Speaking People

41

If the verb ends in a consonant eg\ c}al, bait<h, sun, d<ar, han[s (caLa, baE#, sauna, Dr, hãsa), the suffix is a@

(Aa) , however if the verb ends in a long vowel such as a@ or & (Aa, }|), it is improper to add another a@

(Aa) to it, and thus, in stead of suffix a@ (Aa), suffix ya@ (yaa) is attached. NOTE : The same rule holds

good for the Perfect tenses (see lesson 15) 3. I used to eat (|kha@ - main[ kha@ta@ tha@, main[ kha@ta@ hota@ tha@, main[ kha@ya@ karata@ tha@) maE> Saataa Yaa, maE>

Saataa haetaa Yaa, maE> Saayaa krtaa Yaa_

4. I used to sit there (|bait>h - main[ vaha@n[ bait>hata@ tha@, main[ vaha@n[ bait>hata@ hota@ tha@, main[ vaha@n[ bait>ha@ karata@ tha@) maE> vahaã baE#taa Yaa, maE> vahaã baE#taa haetaa Yaa, maE> vahaã baE#a krtaa Yaa_

5. I used to sleep here (|bait>h - main[ yaha@n[ sota@ tha@, main[ yaha@n[ sota@ hota@ tha@, main[ yaha@n[ soya@ karata@ tha@) maE> yahaã saaetaa Yaa, maE> yahaã saaetaa haetaa Yaa, maE> yahaã saaeyaa krtaa Yaa_

(1) I eat rice (main[ c{a@val kha@ta@ hu@n[) maE> caavaLa Saataa hUã_ (2) I ate rice (main[ ne c{a@val kha@ye) maE>nae caavaLa Saa]_ (3) I have eaten rice (main[ ne c{a@val kha@ye hain[) maE>nae caavaLa Saa] hE>_ Present Perfect Tense

(4) I had eaten rice (main[ ne c{a@val kha@ye the) maE>nae caavaLa Saa] Yae_ Past Perfect Tense

(5) I will have eaten rice (main[ ne c{a@wal kha@ye hon[ge) maE>nae caavaLa Saa] hae>gae_ Future Perfect

Tense 1. D&pak is drinking milk (D&pak du@dh p& raha@ hai) dIpak dUZa paI rha hE_

2. Sudha@ was writing a letter (Sudha@ patra likh rah& th&) sauZaa pa%a iLaSa rhI YaI_ 3. He plays ball (vah gend khelata@ hai) vah gae>d SaeLataa hE_ 4. You will give money (a@p paise den[ge) Aapa paEsae de>gae_

5. You will not go (a@p nah&n[ ja@en[ge) Aapa nahI> jaa]ãgae_

1. I am drinking milk with you (main[ a@p ke sa@th du@dh p& raha@ hu@n[) maE> Aapak’ saaYa dUZa paI rha hUã_ I

is subject, Nominative; milk is object, Accusative; with you is Instrumental. 2. Suman was writing a letter with pen (Suman kalam se patra likh rah& th&) saumana klma sae pa%a

iLaSa rhI YaI_ (Suman is subject, Nominative; letter is object, Accusative; and with pen is

Instrumental)

Page 42: Doc Hindi learn to speak

HINDI TEACHER for English Speaking People

42

3. He cuts a banana with a knife (vah c{a@ku@ se kela@ ka@t>ata@ hai) vah caak” sae k’Laa ka@taa hE_ (He is

subject, Nominative; the ball is object, Accusative and with bat is Instrumental) 4. You will give a reply by letter (a@p patra se jawa@b den[ge-den[g&) Aapa pa%a sae javaaba de>gae-de>gaI_

(You is subject, Nominative; reply is object, Accusative, and with letter is Instrumental) 5. I went to Delhi by plane. (main[ jaha@j se Dill& gaya@-gay&) maE> jahaja sae idLLaI gayaa-ga}|_ (I is

subject, Nominative; Delh& is object, Accusative; with plane is Instrumental) 6. Jim will go to Washington with Sun&l (Jim Sunil ke sa@th Washington ko ja@ega@) ijama saunaILa k’

saaYa vaaioa>ga@na kae jaa]gaa_ (Jim is subject, Nominative; Washington is object, Accusative; with

Sunil is Instrumental) 7. The book is with Sun&l. (kita@b Sunil ke pa@s hai) iktaaba saunaILa k’ paasa hE_ (Book is subject,

Nominative; with Sunil is Instrumental) 1. She cuts with knife - knife as an instumant, (va c{a@ku@ se ka@t>ati hai) vah caak” sae ka@taI hE_

2. I write with a pen - pen an instrument, (main[ kalam se likhata@ hu@n[. maE> kLama sae iLaSataa hUã_

3. He came by (with) a train. (vah ga@d<& se a@ya@) vah gaaDñI sae Aayaa_

4. This work will not be done by them. (yah ka@m un se nah&n[ hoga) yah kama qnasae nahI> haegaa_

5. They eat rice with spoon (spoon is only an instrument, spoon is not eaten, only rice is eaten) (ve c{ammac{ se c{a@val khate hain[) vae cammaca sae caavaLa Saatae hE>_

1. Ra@m is with Arvind. (Ra@m Arvind ke sa@th hai) rama Ariva>d k’ saaYa hE_

2. The baby is with the mother. (bac{c{a@ ma@n[ ke sa@th hai) baccaa maaã k’ saaYa hE_

3. Please come with me. (mere sa@th a@iye) maere saaYa Aa}]_

4. They are eating with Ra@m. (ve Ra@m ke sa@th kha@ rahe hain[) vae rama k’ saaYa Saa rhe hE>_

5. Are you with us? (kya@ a@p hama@re sa@th hain[?) Kyaa Aapa hmaare saaYa hE>?

6. The cat is playing with the dog. (bill& kutte ke sa@th khel rah& ha) ibaLLaI kÖTae k’ saaYa SaeLa rhI hE_

7. They eat rice with da@l - da@l is not an instrument, here da@l is also eaten, rice is also eaten, (ve da@l ke sa@th c{a@wal kha@te hain[) vae daLa k’ saaYa caavaLa Saatae hE>_

Page 43: Doc Hindi learn to speak

HINDI TEACHER for English Speaking People

43

1. I have no money with me. (mere pa@s paise nahin[ hain[) maere paasa paEsae nahI> hE>_ 2. He has a dog with him. (us ke pa@s kutta@ hai) qsak’ paasa kÖTaa hE_

3. The baby is with his mother. (bac{c{a@ ma@n[ ke pa@s hai) baccaa maaã k’ paasa hE_

4. Ceylone is near India. (S}r& Llakana@ Bha@rat ke pa@s hai) OaRILa>ka Baarta k’ paasa hE_

1. (Active) I ate a mango. (main[ ne a@m kha@ya@) maE>nae Aama Saayaa_ (Passive) A mango was eaten by

me. (a@m mujh se kha@ya@ gaya@ tha@) Aama mauJasae Saayaa gayaa Yaa_ (a@m mere dva@ra@ kha@ya@ gaya@ tha@) Aama maere Vara Saayaa gayaa Yaa_

2. (Active) He worte the letter. (us ne khat likha@) qsanae Sata iLaSaa_ (Passive) The letter was

written by him. (khat us se likha@ gaya@) Sata qsasae iLaSaa gayaa_ (khat us ke dva@ra@ likha@ gaya@) Sata qsak’ Vara iLaSaa gayaa_

3. (Active) She reads the book (vah kita@b pad<hat& hai) vah iktaaba pa$ñtaI hE_ (Passive) The book

gets read by her (kita@b us se pad<h& ja@t& hai) iktaaba qsasae pa$ñI jaataI hE_ (kita@b us ke dva@ra@ pad<h& ja@t& hai) iktaaba qsak’ Vara pa$ñI jaataI hE_

4. You drink (a@p p&te hain[, a@p p&t& hain[) Aapa paItae hE>_ Aapa paItaI hE>_ It is drunk by you (a@p ke dva@ra@ p&ya@ ja@ta@ hai) Aapak’ Vara paIyaa jaataa hE_ You drink tea (a@p c{a@y p&te hain[, p&t& hain[) Aapa caaya paItae-paItaI hE>_ Tea is drunk by you (c{a@y a@p se p& ja@t& hai) caaya Aapasae paI jaataI hE_

(c{a@y a@p ke dva@ra@ p& ja@t& hai) caaya Aapak’ Vara paI jaataI hE_

5. Ra@m killed Ra@van>a (Ra@m ne Ra@van<a ko ma@ra@) rama nae ravaNa kae maara_ Ra@van>a was killed by

Ra@m (Ra@van<a Ra@m ke dva@ra@ ma@ra@ gaya@ tha@) ravaNa rama k’ Vara maara gayaa Yaa_

(1) He went to Mathura@. (vah Mathura@ ko gaya, vah Mathura@ gaya@) vah maYaura kae gayaa, vah maYaura

gayaa_ Tiger ate (to) the goat. (s{er ne bakar& ko kha@ya@) oaer nae bakrI kae Saayaa_

(2) We gave money to him. (ham ne us ko (use) paise diye) hmanae qsakae (qsae) paEsae id]_

(3) Please show that to us. (ham ko (hamen[) vah dikha@iye) hmakae (hmae>) vah idSaa}]_

Page 44: Doc Hindi learn to speak

HINDI TEACHER for English Speaking People

44

(4) He will write me a letter. (vah mujhe -mujh ko- patra likhega@) vah mauJae (mauJa kae) pa%a iLaSaegaa_

(5) Please water the plant tomorrow. Please give water to the plant tomorrow, (paudhe ko kal pa@n& d&jiye) paaEZae kae kLa paanaI dIija]_

(6) Please do not tell me that thing. (mujhe-mujh ko- vah ba@t mat bata@iye) mauJae vah baata mata bataa}]_

1. I gave him the ball (main[ ne us ko gend d&) maE>nae qsakae gae>d dI_

2. He sent money for me. (us ne mere liye paise bheje) qsanae maere iLa] paEsae Baejae_ He sent money to

me. (us ne muze paise bheje) qsanae mauJae paEsae Baejae_

3. You brought food for me (a@p mere liye kha@na@ la@ye) Aapa maere iLa] Saanaa Laa]_

4. We gave them a letter (ham ne us ko patra diya@) hmanae qnakae pa%a idyaa_

5. They cooked food for us (unhon[ ne hama@re liye kha@na@ bana@ya@) qnhae>nae hmaaree iLa] Saanaa banaayaa_

(1) My house (mera@ ghar) maera zar_ My houses (mere ghar) maere zar_ My book (mer& kita@b) maerI iktaaba_ My books (mer& kita@ben[) maerI iktaabae>_ My shirt (mera@ kurata@) maera kÖrtaa_ My shirts

(mere kurate) maere kÖrtae_ My car (mer& ga@d<&) maerI gaaDñI_ My cars (mer& ga@d<iya@n[) maerI gaaiDñyaaã_ (2) Our house (apana@ ghar) Apanaa zar_ Our houses (apane ghar) Apanae zar_ Our book (apan& kita@b)

ApanaI iktaaba_ Our books (apan& kita@ben[) ApanaI iktaabae>_ Our shirt (apana@ kurata@) Apanaa kÖrtaa_

Our shirts (apane kurate) Apanae kÖrtae_ Our car (apan& ga@d<&) ApanaI gaaDñI_ Our cars (apan& ga@d<iya@n[) ApanaI gaaiDñyaaã_

Our house (hama@ra@ ghar) hmaara zar_ Our houses (hama@re ghar) hmaare zar_ Our book (hama@r& kita@b) hmaarI iktaaba_ Our books (hama@r& kita@ben[) hmaarI iktaabae>_ Our shirt (hama@ra@ kurata@) hmaara kÖrtaa_ Our shirts (hama@re kurate) hmaare kÖrtae_ Our car (hama@r& ga@d<&) hmaarI gaaDñI_ Our cars

(hama@r& ga@d<iya@n[) hmaarI gaaiDñyaaã_ (3) Your house (a@p ka@ ghar) Aapaka zar_ Your houses (a@p ke ghar) Aapak’ zar_ Your book (a@p k&

kita@b) AapakI iktaaba_ Your books (a@p k& kita@ben[) AapakI iktaabae>_ Your shirt (a@p ka@ kurata@)

Page 45: Doc Hindi learn to speak

HINDI TEACHER for English Speaking People

45

Aapaka kÖrtaa_ Your shirts (a@p ke kurate) Aapak’ kÖrtae_ Your car (a@p k& ga@d<&) AapakI gaaDñI_ Your

cars (a@p k& ga@d<iya@n[) AapakI gaaiDñyaaã_

(4) His-her house (us ka@ ghar) qsaka zar_ His-her houses (us ke ghar) qsak’ zar_ His-her book (us k& kita@b) qsakI iktaaba_ His-her books (us k& kita@ben[) qsakI iktaabae>_ His-her shirt (us ka@ kurata@) qsaka kÖrtaa_ His-her shirts (us ke kurate) qsak’ kÖrtae_ His-her car (us k& ga@d<&) qsakI

gaaDñI_ His-her cars (us k& ga@d<iya@n[) qsakI gaaiDñyaaã_

(5) Their house (un ka@ ghar) qnaka zar_ Their houses (un ke ghar) qnaka zar_ Their book (un k& kita@b) qnakI iktaaba_ Their books (un k& kita@ben[) qnakI iktaabae>_ Their shirt (un ka@ kurata@) qnaka

kÖrtaa_ Their shirts (un ke kurate) qnak’ kÖrtae_ Their car (un k& ga@d<&) qnakI gaaDñI_ Their cars (un k& ga@d<iya@n[) qnakI gaaiDñyaaã_

(6) My book (mer& kita@b) maerI iktaaba_ My books (mer& kita@ben[) maerI iktaabae>_ Your book (a@p k& kitab) AapakI iktaaba_ Your books (a@p k& kita@ben[) AapakI iktaabae>_ His book (us k& kita@b) qsakI

iktaaba_ His books (us k& kita@ben[) qsakI iktaabae>_ Her book (us k& kita@b) qsakI iktaaba_ Her

books (us k& kita@ben[) qsakI iktaabae>_ Their book (un k& kita@b) qnakI iktaaba_ Their books (un k& kita@ben[) qnakI iktaabae>_

1. He is D&pak's Brother. (vah D&pak ka@ bha@& hai) vah dIpak ka Baa}| hE_

2. I eat curry made of Bhindi. (main[ bhin<d<& k& sabj& kha@ta@ hu@n[) maE> iBa>DI kI sabjaI Saataa hUã_

3. You please sit near them. (a@p un ke pa@s bait>hiye) Aapa qnak’ paasa baEi#]_

4. This is my house. (yah mera@ ghar hai) yah maera zar hE_ 5. Where is our car? (hama@r& ga@d<& kaha@n[ hai?) hmaarI gaaDñI khaã hE?

6. He took my money. (us ne mere paise liye) qsanae maere paEsae iLayae_ 7. Their house. (un ka@ ghar) qnaka zar_

1. Sun&l is reading his own book. (Sun&l apan& kita@b pad<h raha@ hai) saunaILa ApanaI iktaaba pa$ñ rha

hE_

2. Vis{a@l's friend is here. (Vis{a@l ka@ mitra yaha@n[ hai) ivaoaaLa ka ima%a yahaã hE_

3. Give me my money. (mujhe mere paise d&jiye) mauJae maere paEsae dIija]_

Page 46: Doc Hindi learn to speak

HINDI TEACHER for English Speaking People

46

4. We have a Mango tree. (hama@re yaha@n[ a@m ka@ ped< hai) hmaare yahaã Aama ka paeDñ hE_

5. It is Orange juice. (yah santare ka@ ras hai) yah sa>tare ka rsa hE_

6. You took my money. (a@p ne mere paise liye) Aapanae maere paEsae iLayae_

1. I sat in car. (main[ ga@d<& men[ bait>ha@) maE> gaaDñI mae> baE#a_ 2. She sat on the horse. (vah ghod<e par bait>h&) vah zaaeDñe par baE#I_ 3. Put a cap over your head. (apane sir par t>op& rakhiye) Apanae isar par @aepaI riSa]_

4. The cat is under the chair. (bill& kuras& ke n&c{e hai) ibaLLaI kÖrsaI k’ naIcae hE_

5. I am sitting in front of the house. (main[ ghar ke sa@mane baitha@-bait>h& hu@n[) maE> zar k’ saamanae

baE#a-baE#I hUã_

1. Sun&l is reading in the room. saunaILa kmare mae> pa$ñ rha hE_

2. Vis{a@l is sitting on the chair. ivaoaaLa kÖrsaI par baE#a hE_

3. The bird is flying over the field. pa>CI Saeta par (k’ Qpar) qDñ rha hE_

4. Ball is under the bed. gae>d ibastar-paLa>ga k’ naIcae hE_

5. I told you about him. maE>nae qsak’ baare mae> Aapasae kha_

(1) I am. (main[ hu@n[) maE> hUã_ (Subject, I = Nominative, 1st case)

(2) I am sitting. (main[ bait>ha@ hu@n[) maE> baE#a hUã_ I am myself sitting, and the question ‘WHAT?’

does not apply. So, ‘to sit’ is an Intransitive verb. The action of sitting does not need an external OBJECT, so it is not in the Accusative (2nd) case.

(3) I am sitting with Roy. (main[ Roy ke sa@th bait>ha@ hu@n[) maE> raâya k’ saaYa baE#a hUã_ I am sitting

WITH Tim, so Roy is in Instrumental (3rd) case. (4) I am sitting for a lesson. (main[ pa@t>h ke liye bait>ha@ hu@n[) maE> paa# k’ iLa] baE#a hUã _ I am sitting

FOR a lesson, so the lesson is in Dative (4th) case. (5) I am sitting since seven O’ Clock. (main[ sa@t baje se bait>ha@ hu@n[) maE> saata bajae sae baE#a hUã_ I am

sitting FROM 7 O’ Clock, therefore, that time (7 O’ Clock) is in Ablative (5th) case. (6) I am sitting on a wooden bench. (main[ lakad<& k& mej par bait>ha@ hu@n[) maE> LakDñI kI maeja par

baE#a hUã_ I am sitting ON the bench MADE OF wood.

Page 47: Doc Hindi learn to speak

HINDI TEACHER for English Speaking People

47

(7) The bench is made of wood. Wood has a relationship (sa>ba>Za) with the bench, therefore, the

wood is in the Genitive or Possessive (6th) case i.e. wooden (lakad<& ka&) = LakDñI kI_

(8) I am sitting ON the bench. (main[ mej par bait>ha@ hu@n[) maE> maeja par baE#a hUã_ The bench indicates

the location where I am sitting, so the bench is in Locative (7th) case. Or, I am sitting IN the room (main[ kamare men[ bait>ha@ hu@n.[) maE> kmare mae> baE#a hUã_ The room indicates the location

where I am sitting. so the room is in Locative (7th) case. (9) I am sitting, on the wooden bench, with Roy, since 7 O Clock, for a lesson. (main[, lakad<& k&

mej par, Roy ke sa@th, 7 baje se, pa@t>h ke liye, bait>ha@ hu@n[) maE>, LakDñI kI maeja par, raâya k’ saaYa, 7

bajae sae, paa# k’ iLa], baE#a hUã_ I am (1st case) sitting (intransitive verb) with Roy (3rd) for a

lesson (4th) from 7 O Clock (5th) on a bench (7th) made of wood (6th) 1. He does good work. (vah ka@m ac{c{ha@ karata@ hai) vah kama AcCa krtaa hE_ He does not do good

work. (vah ka@m ac{c{a@ nah&n[ karata@) vah kama kama nahI> krtaa (hE)_

2. I will go (main[ ja@u@n[ga@) maE> jaaQãgaa_ I won't go. (main[ nah&n[ ja@u@n[ga@) maE> nahI> jaaQãgaa_ Do it. (yah k&jiye) yah kIija]_ Don't do it. (yah mat k&jie) yah mata kIija]_

3. This is neither his nor mine. yah na qsaka hE na maera hE_

4. NO, this is not mine either. nahI>, yah maera BaI nahI> hE_

(1) Please do not come here. (yaha@n[ mat a@iye) yahaã mata Aa}]_

(2) Please do not take this money. (ye paise mat l&jiye) yae (yah) paEsae mata LaIija]_ (3) Don't tell him. (us ko mat bata@iye, us se mat kahiye) qsakae mata bataa}], qsasae mata kih]_ Don't

talk to him. (us se mat boliye) qsasae mata baaeiLa]_ (4) Do not come tomorrow (second person, imperative) (a@p kal mat a@iye?) Aapa kLa mata Aa}]_

Should I not come tomorrow? (first person) (kya@ main[ kal nah&n[ a@u@n[?) Kyaa maE> kLa nahI> AaQã?

Should he not come tomorrow? (third person) (kya@ vah kal nah&n[ a@e?) Kyaa vah kLa nahI> Aa]?

You should not come tomorrow. (second person, potential) (a@p kal mat a@en[?) Aapa kLa mata Aa]ã_

1. Who lives here. (yaha@n[ kaun rahata@ hai) yahaã kaEna rhtaa hE?

2. Why do you do such work? (a@p aisa@ ka@m kyon[ karate hain[?) Aapa ]esaa kama Kyaae> krtae hE>?

Page 48: Doc Hindi learn to speak

HINDI TEACHER for English Speaking People

48

3. What is your name? (a@p ka@ na@m kya@ hai?) Aapaka naama Kyaa hE?

4. When will you give me money? (a@p mujhe paise kab den[ge-den[g&?) Aapa mauJae paEsae kba de>gae-de>gaI?

5. How did it break again? (yah fir kaise t>u@t>a@?) yah ifr k“sae @U@a?

6. Where will I see you next? (main[ a@p se fir kaha@n[ milu@n[ga@?) maE> Aapasae ifr khaã imaLaUãgaa?

7. Whom shall we ask about it? (ham yah kis se pu@c{hen[?)? hma yah iksa sae paUCe>?

8. Which one is you book? (a@p k& kita@b kaun s& hai?) AapakI iktaaba kaEna saI hE?

9. How much money will she bring? (vah kitane paise la@eg&?) vah iktanae paEsae Laa]gaI?

10. How many boys are here? (yaha@n[ kitane lad<ake hain[?) yahaã iktanae LaDñk’ hE>?

1. You may come to our house. (a@p hama@re ghar a@en[) Aapa hmaare zar Aa]ã_

2. He may sit here. (vah yaha@n[ bait>he) vah yahaã baE#e_ 3. She may not come here. (vah yaha@n[ nah&n[ a@e) vah yahaã nahI> Aa]_

4. I may not talk more. (main[ jya@da@ nah&n[ kahu@n[) maE> jyaada nahI> khUã_

5. They may have tea. (ve c{a@y p&en[) vae caaya paI]ã_ 6. You may open that window. (a@p vah khid<ak& kholen[) Aapa vah iSaDñkI SaaeLae>_

7. You may not cry. (a@p mat roen[) Aapa mata rae]ã_

8. He may run. (vah bha@ge) vah Baagae_ 9. She may work. (vah ka@m kare) vah kama kre_

10. They may make rot&/. (ve rot>iya@n[ bana@en[) vae raei@yaaã banaa]ã_ 1. We may come to your house. (ham a@p ke ghar a@en[?) hma Aapa k’ zar Aa]ã_

May we come to your house? (kya@ ham a@p ke ghar a@en[?) Kyaa hma Aapak’ zar Aa]ã?

2. He may sit here? (vah yaha@n[ bait>he) vah yahaã baE#e_ May he sit here? (kya@ vah yaha@n[ bait>he?) Kyaa vah yahaã baE#e? vah yahaã baE#e Kyaa? 3. She may not come here. (vah yaha@n[ nah&n[ a@e) vah yahaã nahI> Aa]_

May she not come here? (kya@ vah yaha@n[ nah&n[ a@e) Kyaa vah yahaã nahI> Aa]?

4. I may not talk more. (main[ jya@da@ nahin[ bolu@n[) maE> jyaada nahI> baaeLaUã_

Page 49: Doc Hindi learn to speak

HINDI TEACHER for English Speaking People

49

May I not talk more. (kya@ main[ jya@da@ nahin[ bolu@n[) Kyaa maE> jyaada nahI> khUã? maE> jyaada nahI> baaeLaUã

Kyaa?

5. They should take tea. (ve c{a@y p&en[) vae caaya paI]ã_ Should they take tea. (kya@ ve c{a@y p&en[?) Kyaa vae caaya paI]ã? vae caaya paI]ã Kyaa?

1. (Please) come to our house. (hama@re ghar a@&ye) hmaare zar Aa}]_

2. (Please) sit here. (yaha@n[ bait>hiye) yahaã baEi#]_ 3. Do not come here. (yaha@n[ mat a@&ye) yahaã mata Aa}]_

4. (Please) don't talk more. (jya@da@ mat boliye) jyaada mata baaeiLa]_ 5. (Please) have tea. (kr<paya@ c{a@y l&jiye) caaya LaIija], paIija]_ 6. (Please) open that window. (vah khid<ak& kholiye) vah iSaDñkI SaaeiLa]_

7. (Please) do not cry. (mat ro&ye) mata rae}]_ 8. (Please) don't run. (mat bha@giye) mata Baaiga]_ 9. (Please) do work. (ka@m k&jiye) kama kIija]_

10. (Please) make rotñ&/. (kr<paya@ rotñiya@n[ bana@iye) (×payaa) raei@yaaã banaa}]_

1. If you will ask me, I will wait. (yad& a@p kahen[ge, to main[ ruku@n[ga@) yaid Aapa khe>gae, taae maE>

wkӋgaa_

2. I will come, if you will ask me. (yadi a@p pu@c{hen[ge, to main[ a@u@n[ga@) yaid Aapa paUCe>gae, taae maE>

AaQãgaa_

3. If you will not come, I will go. (yadi a@p nah&n[ a@yen[ge, to main[ ja@u@n[ga@). yaid Aapa nahI> Aa]ãgae, taae

maE> jaaQãgaa_

(1) SIMPLE PRESENT TENSE 1. I fall, I do fall. (main[ girata@ hu@n[, main[ girat& hu@n[) maE> igartaa hU©, maE> igartaI hU©_

2. I drop, I do drop. (main[ gira@ta@ hu@n[, main[ gira@t& hu@n[) maE> igarataa hU©, maE> igarataI hU©_

3. We fall. (ham girate hain[, ham girat& hain[) hma igartae hE>, hma igartaI hE>_

4. We drop. (ham gira@te hain[, ham gira@t& hain[) hma igaratae hE>, hma igarataI hE>_

5. You fall. (a@p girate hain[, a@p girat& hain[) Aapa igartae hE>, Aapa igartaI hE>_

Page 50: Doc Hindi learn to speak

HINDI TEACHER for English Speaking People

50

6. You drop. (a@p gira@te hain[, a@p gira@t& hain[) Aapa igaratae hE>, Aapa igarataI hE>_

7. He falls. (vah girata@ hai) vah igartaa hE_

8. He drops. (vah gira@ta@ hai) vah igarataa hE_

9. She falls. (vah girat& hai) vah igartaI hE_

10. She drops. (vah gira@t& hai) vah igarataI hE_

11. They fall. (ve girate hain[, ve girat& hain[) vae igartae hE>, vae igartaI hE>_

12. They drop. (ve gira@te hain[, ve gira@t& hain[) vae igaratae hE>, vae igarataI hE>_

(2) PRESENT CONTINUOUS TENSE 1. I am falling. (main[ gir raha@ hu@n[, main[ gir rah& hu@n[) maE> igar rha hU©, maE> igar rhI hU©_

2. I am dropping. (main[ gira@ raha@ hu@n[, main[ gira@ rah& hu@n[) maE> igara rha hU©, maE> igara rhI hU©_

3. We are falling. (ham gir rahe hain[, ham gir rah& hain[) hma igar rhe hE>, hma igar rhI hE>_

4. We are dropping. (ham gira@ rahe hain[, ham gira@ rah& hain[) hma igara rhe hE>, hma igara rhI hE>_

5. You are falling. (a@p gir rahe hain[, a@p gir rah& hain[) Aapa igar rhe hE>, Aapa igar rhI hE>_

6. You are dropping. (a@p gira@ rahe hain[, a@p gira@ rah& hain[) Aapa igara rhe hE>, Aapa igara rhI hE>_

7. He is falling. (vah gir raha@ hai) vah igar rha hE_

8. He is dropping. (vah gira@ raha@ hai) vah igara rha hE_

9. She is falling. (vah gir rah& hai) vah igar rhI hE_

10. She is dropping. (vah gira@ rah& hai) vah igara rhI hE_

11. They are falling. (ve gir rahe hain[, ve gir rah& hain[) vae igar rhe hE>, vae igar rhI hE>_

12. They are dropping. (ve gira@ rahe hain[, ve gira@ rah& hain[) vae igara rhe hE>, vae igara rhI hE>_

(3) PRESENT PERFECT TENSE 1. I am fallen. (main[ gira@ hu@n[, main[ gir& hu@n[) maE> igara hU©, maE> igarI hU©_

2. I am dropped. (main[ gira@ya@ hu@n[, main[ gira@y& hu@n[) maE> igarayaa hU©, maE> igara}| hU©_

3. We are fellen. (ham gire hain[, ham gir& hain[) hma igare hE>, hma igarI hE>_

4. We are dropped. (ham gira@ye hain[, ham gira@y& hain[) hma igara] hE>, hma igara}| hE>_

Page 51: Doc Hindi learn to speak

HINDI TEACHER for English Speaking People

51

5. You are fallen. (a@p gire hain[, a@p gir& hain[) Aapa igare hE>, Aapa igarI hE>_

6. You are dropped. (a@p gira@ye hain[, a@p gira@y& hain[) Aapa igara] hE>, Aapa igara}| hE>_

7. He is fallen. (vah gira@ hai), vah igara hE_

8. He is dropped. (vah gira@ya@ hai) vah igarayaa hE_

9. She is fallen. (vah gir& hai) vah igarI hE_

10. She is dropped. (vah gira@y& hai) vah igara}| hE_

11. They are fallen. (ve gire hain[, ve gir& hain[) vae igare hE>, vae igarI hE>_

12. They are dropped. (ve gira@ye hain[, ve gira@y& hain[) vae igara] hE>, vae igara}| hE>_) NOTE : If you have any question or doubt about the following^ four types of meanings, please see the section 15.2 for

explanation.

(4) SIMPLE PAST or PAST INDEFINITE PERFECT TENSE : 1. I fell, I did fall. (main[ gira@, main[ gir&) maE> igara, maE> igarI_ 2. I dropped, I did drop. (main[ ne gira@ya@, main[ ne gira@ye, main[ ne gira@y&, main[ ne gira@y&n[) maE>nae

igarayaa, maE>nae igara], maE>nae igara}|, maE>nae igara}|>_

3. We fell. (ham gire, ham gir&n[) hma igare, hma igarI>_

4. We dropped. (ham ne gira@ya@, ham ne gira@ye, ham ne gira@y&, ham ne gira@y&n[) hmanae igarayaa, hmanae

igara], hmanae igara}|, hmanae igara}|>_

5. You fell. (a@p gire, a@p gir&n[) Aapa igare, Aapa igarI>_

6. You dropped. (a@p ne gira@ya@, a@p ne gira@ye, a@p ne gira@y&, a@p ne gira@y&n[) Aapa nae igarayaa, Aapanae igara],

Aapanae igara}|, Aapanae igara}|>_

7. He fell. (vah gira@) vah igara_

8. He dropped (us ne gira@ya@, us ne gira@ye, us ne gira@y&, us ne gira@y&n[) qsanae igarayaa, qsanae igara], qsanae

igara}|, qsanae igara}|>_

9. She fell. (vah gir&) vah igarI_

10. She dropped. (us ne gira@ya@, us ne gira@ye, us ne gira@y&, us ne gira@y&n[) qsanae igarayaa, qsanae igara],

qsanae igara}|, qsanae igara}|>_

Page 52: Doc Hindi learn to speak

HINDI TEACHER for English Speaking People

52

11. They fell. (ve gire, ve gir&) vae igare>, vae igarI_ 12. They dropped. (unhon[ ne gira@ya@, unhon[ ne gira@ye, unhon[ ne gira@y&, unhon[ ne gira@y&n[) qnhae>nae

igarayaa, qnhae>nae igara], qnhae>nae igara}|, qnhae>nae igara}|>_

(5) PAST CONTINUOUS TENSE 1. I was falling. (main[ gir raha@ tha@, main[ gir rah& th&) maE> igar rha Yaa, maE> igar rhI YaI_

2. I was dropping. (main[ gira@ raha@ tha@, main[ gira@ rah& th&) maE> igara rha Yaa, maE> igara rhI YaI_

3. We were falling. (ham gir rahe the, ham gir rah& th&n[) hma igar rhe Yae, hma igar rhI YaI>_

4. We were dropping. (ham gira@ rahe the, ham gira@ rah& th&n[) hma igara rhe Yae, hma igara rhI YaI>_

5. You were falling. (a@p gir rahe the, a@p gir rah& th&n[) Aapa igar rhe Yae, Aapa igar rhI YaI>_

6. You were dropping. (a@p gira@ rahe the, a@p gira@ rah& th&n[) Aapa igara rhe Yae, Aapa igara rhI YaI>_

7. He was falling. (vah gir raha@ tha@) vah igar rha Yaa_

8. He was dropping. (vah gira@ raha@ tha@) vah igara rha Yaa_

9. She was falling. (vah gir rah& th&) vah igar rhI YaI_

10. She was dropping. (vah gira@ rah& th&) vah igara rhI YaI_

11. They were falling. (ve gir rahe the, ve gir rah& th&n[) vae igar rhe Yae, vae igar rhI YaI>_

12. They were dropping. (ve gira@ rahe the, ve gira@ rah& th&n[) vae igara rhe Yae, vae igara rhI YaI>_

(6) PAST PERFECT TENSE 1. I had fallen. (main[ gira@ tha@, main[ gir& th&) maE> igara Yaa, maE> igarI YaI_ 2. I had dropped. (main[ ne gira@ya@ tha@, main[ ne gira@ye the, main[ ne gira@y& th&, main[ ne gira@y&

th&n[) maE>nae igarayaa Yaa, maE>nae igara] Yae, maE>nae igara}| YaI, maE>nae igara}| YaI>_

3. We had fallen. (ham gire the, ham gir& th&n[) hma igare Yae, hma igarI YaI>_

4. We had dropped. (ham ne gira@ya@ tha@, ham ne gira@ye@ the, ham ne gira@y& th&, ham ne gira@y& th&n[) hmanae igarayaa Yaa, hmanae igara] Yae, hmanae igara}| YaI, hmanae igara}| YaI>_

5. You had fallen. (a@p gire the, a@p gir& th&n[) Aapa igare Yae, Aapa igarI YaI>_

Page 53: Doc Hindi learn to speak

HINDI TEACHER for English Speaking People

53

6. You had dropped. (a@p ne gira@ya@ tha@, a@p ne gira@ye@ the, a@p ne gira@y& th&, a@p ne gira@y& th&n[) Aapa nae

igarayaa Yaa, Aapanae igara] Yae, Aapanae igara}| YaI, Aapanae igara}| YaI>_

7. He had fallen. (vah gira@ tha@) vah igara Yaa_

8. He had dropped. (us ne gira@ya@ tha@, us ne gira@ye@ the, us ne gira@y& th&, us ne gira@y& th&n[) qsanae

igarayaa Yaa, qsanae igara] Yae, qsanae igara}| YaI, qsanae igara}| YaI>_

9. She had fallen. (vah gir& th&) vah igarI YaI_

10. She had dropped. (us ne gira@ya@ tha@, us ne gira@ye@ the, us ne gira@y& th&, us ne gira@y& th&n[) qsanae

igarayaa Yaa, qsanae igara] Yae, qsanae igara}| YaI, qsanae igara}| YaI>_

11. They had fallen. (ve gire the, ve gir& th&n[) vae igare Yae, vae igarI YaI>_ 12. They had dropped. (unhon[ ne gira@ya@ tha@, unhon[ ne gira@ye@ the, unhon[ ne gira@y& th&, unhon[ ne

gira@y& th&n[) qnhae>nae igarayaa Yaa, qnhae>nae igara] Yae, qnhae>nae igara}| YaI, qnhae>nae igara}| YaI>_

(7) SIMPLE FUTURE TENSE

1. I will fall. (main[ giru@n[ga@, main[ giru@n[g&) maE> igaW©gaa, maE> igaW©gaI_

2. I will drop. (main[ gira@u@n[ga@, main[ gira@u@n[g&) (maE> igaraQ©gaa, maE> igaraQ©gaI_

3. We will fall. (ham giren[ge, ham giren[g&) hma igare>gae, hma igare>gaI_

4. We will drop. (ham gira@en[ge, ham gira@en[g&) hma igara]©gae, hma igara]©gaI_

5. You will fall. (a@p giren[ge, a@p giren[g&) Aapa igare>gae, Aapa igare>gaI_

6. You will drop. (a@p gira@en[ge, a@p gira@en[g&) Aapa igara]©gae, Aapa igara]©gaI_

7. He will fall. (vah girega@) vah igaregaa_

8. He will drop. (vah gira@ega@) vah igara]gaa_

9. She will fall. (vah gireg&) vah igaregaI_

10. She will drop. (vah gira@eg&) vah igara]gaI_

11. They will fall. vae igare>gae, vae igare>gaI_

12. They will drop. (ve gira@en[ge, ve gira@en[g&) vae igara]©gae, vae igara]©gaI_

Page 54: Doc Hindi learn to speak

HINDI TEACHER for English Speaking People

54

(8) POTENTIAL MOOD 1. I may fall. (main[ giru@n[, main[ s{a@yad giru@n[) maE> igaW©_ oaayad maE> igaW©_

2. I may drop. (main[ gira@u@n[) maE> igaraQ©_

3. We may fall. (ham giren[) hma igare>_

4. We may drop. (ham gira@en[) hma igara]©_

5. You may fall. (a@p giren[) Aapa igare>_

6. You may drop. (a@p gira@en[) Aapa igara]©_

7. He may fall. (vah gire) vah igare_

8. He may drop. (vah gira@e) vah igara]_

9. She may fall. (vah gire) vah igare_

10. She may drop. (vah gira@e) vah igara]_

11. They may fall. (ve giren[) vae igare>_ 12. They may drop. (ve gira@en[) vae igara]©_

(9) INTERROGATIVE MOOD 1. May I fall? (kya@ main[ giru@n[?) Kyaa maE> igaW©?

2. May I drop? (kya@ main[ gira@u@n[?) Kyaa maE> igaraQ©?

3. May we fall? (kya@ ham giren[?) Kyaa hma igare>?

4. May we drop? (kya@ ham gira@en[?) Kyaa hma igara]©?

5. May he fall? (kya@ vah gire?) Kyaa vah igare?

6. May he drop? (kya@ vah gira@e?) Kyaa vah igara]?

7. May she fall? (kya@ vah gire?) Kyaa vah igare?

8. May she drop? (kya@ vah gira@e?) Kyaa vah igara]?

9. May they fall? (kya@ ve giren[?) Kyaa vae igare>?

10. May they drop? (kya@ ve gira@en[?) Kyaa vae igara]©?

(10) CAUSATIVE PRESENT TENSE

Page 55: Doc Hindi learn to speak

HINDI TEACHER for English Speaking People

55

1. I have caused to fall. (main[ ne gira@ya@ hai, main[ ne gira@ye hain[, main[ ne gira@y& hai, main[ ne gira@y& hain[) maE>nae igarayaa hE, maE>nae igara] hE>, maE>nae igara}| hE, maE>nae igara}| hE>_

2. I have caused to drop. (main[ ne girawa@ya@ hai, main[ ne girawa@ye hain[, main[ ne girawa@y& hain[, main[ ne girawa@y& hain[) maE>nae igarvaayaa hE, maE>nae igarvaa] hE>, maE>nae igarvaa}| hE, maE>nae igarvaa}| hE>_

3. We have caused to fall. (ham ne gira@ya@ hai, ham ne gira@ye hain[, ham ne gira@y& hai, ham ne gira@y& hain[) hmanae igarayaa hE, hmanae igara] hE>, hmanae igara}| hE, hmanae igara}| hE>>_

4. We have caused to drop. (ham ne girawa@ya@ hai, ham ne girawa@ye hain[, ham ne girawa@y& hai, ham ne girawa@y& hain[) hmanae igarvaayaa hE, hmanae igarvaa] hE>, hmanae igarvaa}| hE, hmanae igarvaa}| hE>>_

5. You have caused to fall. (a@p ne gira@ya@ hai, a@p ne gira@ye hain[, a@p ne gira@y& hai, a@p ne gira@y& hain[) Aapanae igarayaa hE, Aapanae igara] hE>, Aapanae igara}| hE, Aapanae igara}| hE>>_

6. You have caused to drop. (a@p ne girawa@ya@ hai, a@p ne girawa@ye hain[, a@p ne girawa@y& hai, a@p ne girawa@y& hain[. Aapanae igarvaayaa hE, Aapanae igarvaa] hE>, Aapanae igarvaa}| hE, Aapanae igarvaa}| hE>>_

7. He has caused to fall. (us ne gira@ya@ hai, us ne gira@ye hain[, us ne gira@y& hai, us ne gira@y& hain[) qsanae igarayaa hE, qsanae igara] hE>, qsanae igara}| hE, qsanae igara}| hE>>_

8. He has caused to drop (us ne girawa@ya@ hai, us ne girawa@ye hain[, us ne girawa@y& hai, us ne girawa@y& hain[) qsanae igarvaayaa hE, qsanae igarvaa] hE>, qsa igarvaa}| hE, qsanae igarvaa}| hE>>_

9. She has caused to fall (us ne gira@ya@ hai, us ne gira@ye hain[, us ne gira@y& hai, us ne gira@y& hain[) qsanae igarayaa hE, qsanae igara] hE>, qsanae igara}| hE, qsanae igara}| hE>>_

10. She has caused to drop (us ne girawa@ya@ hai, us ne girawa@ye hain[, us ne girawa@y& hai, us ne girawa@y& hain[) qsanae igarvaayaa hE, qsanae igarvaa] hE>, qsa igarvaa}| hE, qsanae igarvaa}| hE>>_

11. They have caused to fall. (unhon[ ne gira@ya@ hai, unhon[ ne gira@ye hain[, unhon[ ne gira@y& hai, unhon[ ne gira@y& hain[) qnhae>nae igarayaa hE, qnhae>nae igara] hE>, qnhae>nae igara}| hE, qnhae>nae igara}| hE>>_

12. They have caused to drop (unhon[ ne girawa@ya@ hai, unhon[ ne girawa@ye hain[, unhon[ ne girawa@y& hai, unhon[ ne girawa@y& hain[) qnhae>nae igarvaayaa hE, qnhae>nae igarvaa] hE>, qnhae>nae igarvaa}| hE, qnhae>nae

igarvaa}| hE>>_

(11) ASSERATIVE PRESENT TENSE

Page 56: Doc Hindi learn to speak

HINDI TEACHER for English Speaking People

56

1. I can fall. (main[ gir sakata@ hu@n[, main[ gir sakat& hu@n[) maE> igar saktaa hU©, maE> igar saktaI hU©_

2. I can drop. (main[ gira@ sakata@ hu@n[, main[ gira@ sakat& hu@n[) maE> igara saktaa hU©, maE> igara saktaI hU©_

3. We can fall. (ham gir sakate hain[, ham gir sakat& hain[) hma igar saktae hE>, hma igar saktaI hE>_

4. We can drop. (ham gira@ sakate hain[, ham gira@ sakat& hain[) hma igara saktae hE>, hma igara saktaI hE>_

5. You can fall. (a@p gir sakate hain[, a@p gir sakat& hain[) Aapa igar saktae hE>, Aapa igar saktaI hE>_

6. You can drop. (a@p gira@ sakate hain[, a@p gira@ sakat& hain[) Aapa igara saktae hE>, Aapa igara saktaI hE>_

7. He can fall. (vah gir sakata@ hai) vah igar saktaa hE_

8. He can drop. (vah gira@ sakata@ hai) vah igara saktaa hE_

9. She can fall. (vah gir sakat& hai) vah igar saktaI hE_

10. She can drop. (vah gira@ sakat& hai) vah igara saktaI hE_

11. They can fall. (ve gir sakate hain[, ve gir sakat& hain[) vae igar saktae hE>, vae igar saktaI hE>_

12. They can drop. (ve gira@ sakate hain[, ve gira@ sakat& hain[) vae igara saktae hE>, vae igara saktaI hE>_

13. Someone can fall. (ko& gir sakata@ hai, ko& gir sakat& hai) kae}| igar saktaa hE, kae}| igar saktaI hE_

14. Someone can drop. (ko& gira@ sakata@ hai, ko& gira@ sakat& hai) kae}| igara saktaa hE, kae}| igara saktaI hE_

15. Anybody can fall. (ko& bh& gir sakata@ hai, ko& bh& gir sakat& hai) kae}| BaI igar saktaa hE, kae}| BaI igar

saktaI hE_

16. Anybody can drop. (ko& bh& gira@ sakata@ hai, ko& bh& gira@ sakat& hai) kae}| BaI igara saktaa hE, kae}| BaI

igara saktaI hE_)

17. Anything can fall. (kuc{h bh& gir sakata@ hai, ko& bh& c{&j gir sakat& hai) kuC BaI igar saktaa hE, kae}|

BaI caIja igar saktaI hE_)

18. Nothing can fall. (kuc{h bh& nah&n[ gir sakata@) kuC BaI nahI> igar saktaa)

(12) DESIDERATIVE MOOD 1. I want to fall. (main[ girana@ c{a@hata@ hu@n[, main[ girana@ c{a@hat& hu@n[) maE> igarnaa caahtaa hU©, maE> igarnaa caahtaI

hU©_

2. I want to drop. (main[ gira@na@ c{a@hata@ hu@n[, main[ gira@na@ c{a@hatt& hu@n[) maE> igaranaa caahtaa hU©, maE> igaranaa

caahtaI hU©_

Page 57: Doc Hindi learn to speak

HINDI TEACHER for English Speaking People

57

3. We want to fall. (ham girana@ c{a@hate hain[, ham girana@ c{a@hat& hain[) (hma igarnaa caahtae hE>, hma igarnaa

caahtaI hE>_

4. We want to drop. (ham gira@na@ c{a@hate hain[, ham gira@na@ c{a@hat& hain[) hma igaranaa caahtae hE>, hma igaranaa

caahtaI hE>_

5. You want to fall. (a@p girana@ c{a@hate hain[, a@p girana@ c{a@hat& hain[) Aapa igarnaa caahtae hE>, Aapa igarnaa

caahtaI hE>_

6. You want to drop. (a@p gira@na@ c{a@hate hain[, a@p gira@na@ c{a@hat& hain[) Aapa igaranaa caahtae hE>, Aapa igaranaa

caahtaI hE>_

7. He wants to fall. (vah girana@ c{a@hata@ hai) vah igarnaa caahtaa hE_

8. He wants to drop. (vah gira@na@ c{a@hata@ hai) vah igaranaa caahtaa hE_

9. She wants to fall. (vah girana@ c{a@hat& hai) vah igarnaa caahtaI hE_

10. She wants to drop. (vah gira@na@ c{a@hat& hai) vah igaranaa caahtaI hE_

11. They want to fall. (ve girana@ c{a@hate hain[, ve girana@ c{a@hat& hain[) vae igarnaa caahtae hE>, vae igarnaa caahtaI

hE>_

12. They want to drop. (ve gira@na@ c{a@hate hain[, ve gira@na@ c{a@hat& hain[) vae igaranaa caahtae hE>, vae igaranaa

caahtaI hE>_

I am a man. (main[ a@dam& hu@n[) maE> AadmaI hU©_

We are men. (ham a@dam& hain[) hma AadmaI hE>_

You are a man. (a@p a@dam& hain[) Aapa AadmaI hE>_

You are men. (a@p a@dam& hain[) Aapa AadmaI hE>_

He is a man. (vah a@dam& hai) vah AadmaI hE_

They are men. (ve a@dam& hain[) vae AadmaI hE>_

This is a house. (yah ghar hai) yah zar hE_

These are houses. (ye ghar hain[) yae zar hE>_

This is a mango. (yah a@m hai) yah Aama hE_

These are mangos. (ye a@m hain[) yae Aama hE>_

Page 58: Doc Hindi learn to speak

HINDI TEACHER for English Speaking People

58

This is a book. (yah kita@b hai) yah iktaaba hE_

These are books. (ye kita@ben[ hai) yae iktaabae> hE>_

This is a cow. (yah ga@y hai) yah gaaya hE_

These are cows. (ye ga@yen[ hai) yae gaayae> hE>_

I am a boy. (main[ lad<aka@ hu@n[) maE> laD<ka hU©_

We are boys. (ham lad<ake hain[) hma laD<k’ hE>_

You are a boy. (a@p lad<ake hain[) Aapa laD<k’ hE>_

You are boys. (a@p lad<ake hain[) Aapa laD<k’ hE>_

He is a boy. (vah lad<aka@ hai) vah laD<ka hE_

They are boys. (ve lad<ake hain[) vae laD<k’ hE>_

This is a horse. (yah ghod<a@ hai) yah zaaeD<a hE_

These are horses. (ye ghod<e hain[) yae zaaeD<e hE>_

This is a lock. (yah ta@la@ hai) yah taalaa hE_

These are locks. (ye ta@le hain[) yae taalae hE>_

This is a girl. (yah ba@lika@ hai) yah baailaka hE_

These are girls. (ye ba@lika@yen[ hain[) yae baailaka]©© hE>_

This is a poem. (ye kavita@ hai) yah kivataa hE_

These are poems. (ye kavita@yen[ hain[) yae kivataa]©© hE>_

I am a girl. (main[ lad<ak& hu@n[) maE> laD<kI hU©_

We are girls. (ham lad>kiya@n[ hain[) hma laD<ikyaa© hE>_

You are a girl. (a@p lad>k& hain[) Aapa laD<kI hE>_

You are girls. (a@p lad>kiya@n[ hain[) Aapa laD<ikyaa© hE>_

She is a girl. (vah lad>k& hai) vah laD<kI hE_

They are girls. (ve lad>kiya@n[ hain[) vae laD<ikyaa© hE>_

This is a method. (yah r&ti hai) yah rIita hE_

These are methods. (ye r&tiya@n[ hain[) yae rIitayaa© hE>_

Page 59: Doc Hindi learn to speak

HINDI TEACHER for English Speaking People

59

This is a river. (yah nad& hai) yah nadI hE_

These are rivers. (ye nadiya@n[ hain[) yae naidyaa© hE>_

He is a poet. (vah kavi hai) vah kiva hE_

They are poets. (ve kavi hain[) vae kiva hE>_

This is an elephant. (vah ha@th& hai) yah haYaI hE_

These are elephents. (ye ha@th& hain[) yae haYaI hE>_

1. I eat a mango. (main[ a@m kha@ta@ hu@n[, main[ a@m kha@t& hu@n[) maE> Aama Saataa hU©, maE> Aama SaataI hU©_

2. I eat mangos. (main[ a@m kha@ta@ hu@n[, main[ a@m kha@t& hu@n[) maE> Aama Saataa hU©, maE> Aama SaataI hU©_

3. I eat a banana. (main[ kela@ kha@ta@ hu@n[, main[ kela@ kha@t& hu@n[) maE> k’laa Saataa hU©, maE> k’laa SaataI hU©_

4. I eat bananas. (main[ kele kha@ta@ hu@n[, main[ kele kha@t& hu@n[) maE> k’lae Saataa hU©, maE> k’lae SaataI hU©_

5. I eat a bread. (main[ rot>& kha@ta@ hu@n[, main[ rot>& kha@t& hu@n[) maE> rae@I Saataa hU©, maE> rae@I SaataI hU©_

6. I eat breads. (main[ rot>iya@n[ kha@ta@ hu@n[, main[ rot>iya@n[ kha@t& hu@n[) maE> raei@yaa© Saataa hU©, maE> raei@yaa© SaataI hU©_

7. We eat a mango. (ham a@m kha@te hain[, ham a@m kha@t& hain[) hma Aama Saatae hE>>, hma Aama SaataI hE>_

8. We eat mangos. (ham a@m kha@te hain[, ham a@m kha@t& hain[) hma Aama Saatae hE>, hma Aama SaataI hE>_

9. We eat a banana. (ham kela@ kha@te hain[, ham kela@ kha@t& hain[) hma k’laa Saatae hE>, hma k’laa SaataI hE>_

10. We eat bananas. (ham kele kha@te hain[, ham kele kha@t& hain[) hma k’lae Saatae hE>, hma k’lae SaataI hE>_

11. We eat a bread. (ham rot>& kha@te hain[, ham rot>& kha@t& hain[) hma rae@I Saatae hE>, hma rae@I SaataI hE>_

12. We eat breads. (ham rot>iya@n[ kha@te hain[, ham rot>iya@n[ kha@t& hain[) hma raei@yaa© Saatae hE>, hma raei@yaa©

SaataI hE>_

13. I go to Kharagpur. (main[ Kharagpur ja@ta@ hu@n[, main[ Kharagpur ja@t& hu@n[) maE> SaD<gapaur jaataa hU©, maE>

SaD<gapaur jaataI hU©_

1. I eat rice with a spoon. (main[ c{ammac{ se c{a@wal kha@ta@ hu@n[, main[ c{ammac{ se c{a@wal kha@t& hu@n[)

maE> cammaca sae caavala Saataa hU©, maE> cammaca sae caavala SaataI hU©_

2. I eat rice with soup. (main[ da@l ke sa@th c{a@wal kha@ta@ hu@n[, main[ da@l ke sa@th c{a@wal kha@t& hu@n[) maE> dala k’ saaYa caavala Saataa hU©, maE> dala k’ saaYa caavala SaataI hU©_

Page 60: Doc Hindi learn to speak

HINDI TEACHER for English Speaking People

60

3. I go with Ra@m. (main[ Ra@m ke sa@th ja@ta@ hu@n[, main[ Ra@m ke sa@th ja@t& hu@n[) maE> rama k’ saaYa jaataa hU©, maE>

rama k’ saaYa jaataI hU©_

4. I go by a car. (main[ ga@d<& se ja@ta@ hu@n[, main[ ga@d<& se ja@t& hu@n[) maE> gaaD<I sae jaataa hU©, maE> gaaD<I sae jaataI hU©_

5. The glass is filled with water. (gila@s pa@n& se bhara@ hai) igalaasa paanaI sae Bara hE_

1. I give a letter to Ra@m. (main[ Ra@m ko patra deta@ hu@n[, main[ Ra@m ko patra det& hu@n[) maE> rama kae

paLa detaa hU©, maE> rama kae paLa detaI hU©_

2. I send money for Rama. (main[ Ra@m ke liye paise bhejata@ hu@n[, main[ Ra@m ke liye paise bhejat& hu@n[) maE> rama k’ ila] paEsae Baejataa hU©, maE> rama k’ ila] paEsae BaejataI hU©_

1. I came from home. (main[ ghar se a@ya@, main[ ghar se a@y&) maE> zar sae Aayaa, maE> zar sae Aa}|_

2. Water falls from the roof (c{hat se pa@n& girata@ hai) Cta sae paanaI igartaa hE_

3. I go from America to India. (main[ Amerika@ se Bha@rat ja@ta@ hu@n[, main[ Amerika@ se Bha@rat ja@t& hu@n[) maE> Amaeirka sae Baarta jaataa hU©, maE> Amaeirka sae Baarta jaataI hU©_

4. Rama is taller than S&ta@. (Ra@m S&ta@ se lamba@ hai) rama saItaa sae la>baa hE_

5. Sita is not taller than Rama. (S&ta@ Ra@m se lamb& nah&n[ hai) saItaa rama sae la>baI nahI> hE_

1. This is my house. (yah mera@ ghar hai) yah maera zar hE_

2. These are my houses. (ye mere ghar hain[) yae maere zar hE>_

3. This is our house. (yah hama@ra@ ghar hai) yah hmaara zar hE_

4. These are our houses. (ye hama@re ghar hain[) yae hmaare zar hE>_

5. This is your house. (yah a@p ka ghar hai) yah Aapaka zar hE_

6. These are your houses. (ya a@p ke ghar hain[) yae Aapak’ zar hE>_

7. This is his house. (yah us ka@ ghar hai) yah qsaka zar hE_

8. These are his houses. (ye us ke ghar hain[) yae qsak’ zar hE>_

9. This is her house. (yah us ka@ ghar hai) yah qsaka zar hE_

10. These are her houses. (ye us ke ghar hain[) yae qsak’ zar hE>_

Page 61: Doc Hindi learn to speak

HINDI TEACHER for English Speaking People

61

11. This is their house. (yah un ka@ ghar hai) yah qnaka zar hE_

12. These are their houses. (ye un ke ghar hain[) yae qnak’ zar hE>_

13. This is my book. (yah mer& kita@b hai) yah maerI iktaaba hE_

14. These are my books. (ye mer& kita@ben[ hain[) yae maerI iktaabae> hE>_

15. This is his book. (yah us k& kita@b hai) yah qsakI iktaaba hE_

16. These are his books. (ye us k& kita@ben[ hain[) yae qsakI iktaabae> hE>_

17. These are our books. (ye hama@r& kita@ben[ hain[) yae hmaarI iktaabae> hE>_

18. This is my shoe. (yah mera@ ju@ta@ hai) yah maera jaUtaa hE_

19. These are my shoes. (ye mere ju@te hain[) yae maere jaUtae hE>_

20. His shoe. (us ka@ ju@ta@) qsaka jaUtaa_

21. His shoes. (us ke ju@te) qsak’ jaUtae_

22. My car. (mer& ga@d<&) maerI gaaD<I_

23. These are my cars. (ye mer& ga@d<iya@n[ hain[) yae maerI gaaiD<yaa© hE>_

24. His car. (us k& ga@d<&) qsakI gaaD<I_

25. These are his cars. (ye us k& ga@d<iya@n[ hain[) yae qsakI gaaiD<yaa© hE>_

26. These are our cars. (ye hama@r& ga@d<iya@n[ hain[) yae hmaarI gaaiD<yaa© hE>_

1. Water is in the glass. (pa@n& gila@s men[ hai) igalaasa mae> paanaI hE_

2. The book is on table. (kita@b mej par hai) iktaaba maeja par hE_

3. The books are on table. (kita@ben[ mej par hain[) iktaabae> maeja par hE>_

4. He is not home, he is not in the house. (vah ghar nah&n[ hai, vah ghar men[ nah&n[ hai, vah ghar par nah&n[ hai) vah zar nahI> hE, vah zar mae> nahI> hE, vah zar par nahI> hE_

1. I am with Ra@m. (main[ Ra@m ke sa@th hu@n[) maE> rama k’ saaYa hU©_

2. Ra@m is with me. (Ra@m mere sa@th hai) rama maere saaYa hE_

3. My house is near Ra@m's house. (mera@ ghar Ra@m ke ghar ke pa@s hai) maera zar rama k’ zar k’ paasa

hE_

Page 62: Doc Hindi learn to speak

HINDI TEACHER for English Speaking People

62

4. Ra@m's house is near my house. (Ra@m ka@ ghar mere ghar ke pa@s hai) rama ka zar maere zar k’ paasa

hE_

5. This water is not for drinking. (yah pa@n& p&ne ke liye nah&n[ hai) yah paanaI paInae k’ iLa] nahI> hE_

6. He can not eat hot food. (vah garam kha@na@ nah&n[ kha@ sakata@) vah garma Saanaa nahI> Saa saktaa_

7. I want a cup of hot tea. (mujhe ek kap garam c{ay c{a@hiye) mauJae ]k kpa garma caaya caaih]_

8. Do you like tea? (kya@ a@p ko c{a@y ac{c{h& lagat& hai?) Kyaa Aapakae caaya AcCI LagataI hE?

9. Do you want tea? (kya@ a@p ko c{a@y c{a@hiye? kya@ a@p c{ay c{a@hate hain[?) Kyaa Aapakae caaya caaih]?

Kyaa Aapa caaya caahtae hE>?

10. Will you drink tea? (kya@ a@p c{a@y pien[ge?) Kyaa Aapa caaya ipa]ãgae?

11. Did you drink tea? (kya@ a@p ne c{a@y p&?) Kyaa Aapanae caaya paI?

12. When did you drink tea? (a@p ne c{a@y kab p&?) Aapanae caaya kba paI?

13. When had you drunk tea? (a@p ne c{a@y kab p& th&?) Aapanae caaya kba paI YaI?

14. When should you drink tea? (a@p ko c{a@y kab p&n& c{a@hiye?) Aapakae caaya kba paInaI caaih]?

15. Please drink tea. (a@p c{a@y p&en[) Aapa caaya paI]ã, ×payaa caaya paIija]_

16. They can play cricket. (ve cricket khel sakate hain) vae iÛk’@ SaeLa saktae hE>_

17. I should work on that computer. (main[ us computer par ka@m karu@n[) maE> qsa käpyaU@r par kama

kWã_

18. Yesterday my brother came from London. (kal mera@ bha@& London se a@ya@) kLa maera Baa}| La>dna

sae Aayaa_

1. Good boy (ac{c{ha@ lad<aka@) AcCa LaDñka

2. Good boys (ac{c{he lad<ake) AcCe LaDñke

3. Good girl (ac{c{h& lad<ak&) AcCI LaDñkI

4. Good girls (ac{c{h& lad<akiya@n[) AcCI LaDñikyaaã

Singular Plural m\ maE> AcCa LaDñka hUã_ hma AcCe LaDñk’ hE>_

Page 63: Doc Hindi learn to speak

HINDI TEACHER for English Speaking People

63

Aapa AcCe LaDñk’ hE>_ Aapa AcCe LaDñk’ hE>_

vah AcCa LaDñka hE_ vae AcCe LaDñk’ hE>_

f\ maE> AcCI LaDñkI hUã_ hma AcCI LaDñikyaaã hE>_

Aapa AcCI LaDñkI hE>_ Aapa AcCI LaDñikyaaã hE>_

vah AcCI LaDñkI hE_ vae AcCI LaDñikyaaã hE>_

1. Ra@n& does good work. (Ra@n& ac{c{ha@ ka@m karat& hai) ranaI AcCa kama krtaI hE_

2. The oranges are sweet. (santare m&t>he hain[) sa>tare maI#e hE>_ 3. We saw a yellow rose. (ham ne p&la@ gula@b dekha@) hmanae paILaa gauLaaba deSaa_ 4. Eat with right hand. (da@hine ha@th se kha@iye) daihnae haYa sae Saa}]_ 5. He has one Dollar-Rupee. (us ke pa@sa ek Dollar-rupaya@ hai) qsak’ paasa ]k DaLar-wpayaa hE_

6. Sun&l is tall boy. (Sun&l lamba@ lad<aka@ hai) saunaILa La>baa LaDñka hE_

7. The clothes are wet. (kapad<e g&le hain[) kpaDñe gaILae hE>_

8. My shirt is blue. (mer& kam&j n&l& hai) maerI kmaIja naILaI hE_

9. You are tired. a@p thake hain[. (|thak) Aapa Yak’ hE>_

10. Here the water is deep. (yaha@n[ pa@n& gahara@ hai) yahaã paanaI gahra hE_ 11. It is true. (yah sac{ hai) yah saca hE_ 12. The window is open. (khid<ak& khul& hai -(|khul) iSaDñkI SauLaI hE_

13. This job is small. (yah ka@m c{hot>a@ hai) yah kama Cae@a hE_

14. I brought fresh vegetables. (main[ ta@j& sabjiya@n[ la@ya@) maE> taajaI saibjayaaã Laayaa_ 15. He took a longer route. (us ne lamba@ ra@sta@ pakad<a@- |pakad<) qsanae La>baa rastaa pakDña_

(1) Two red flowers. (do la@l phu@l) dae LaaLa f”La_

(2) This car is blue. (yah ga@d<& n&l& hai) yah gaaDñI naILaI hE_ (3) There are yellow flowers on this tree. (is ped> par p&le phu@l hain[) }sa paeDñ par paILae f”La hE>_

(4) Please give me ten Rupees. (mujhe das rupaye d&jiye) mauJae dsa wpa] dIija]_

Page 64: Doc Hindi learn to speak

HINDI TEACHER for English Speaking People

64

(5) One sari is dark black and other sari is light green. (ek sa@d<& ga@d<h& ka@l& hai aur du@sar& sa@d<& ph&k& har& hai) ]k saaDñI gaa$ñI kaLaI hE AaEr dUsarI saaDñI fIkI hrI hE_

1. Ra@n& walks fast. (Ra@n& tej c{alat& hai) ranaI taeja caLataI hE_ 2. He always helps. (vah hames{a@ madad karata@ hai) vah hmaeoaa madd krtaa hE_

3. Please move backward. (kr<paya@ p&c{he hat>iye) ×payaa paICe hi@]_

4. I came before he did. (main[ us se pahale a@ya@) maE> qsasae pahLae Aayaa_

5. He wants money right now. (us ko paise abh& c{a@hiye) qsakae paEsae ABaI caaih]_

6. Sun&l came here twice. (Sun&l yaha@n[ do ba@r a@ya@) saunaILa yahaã dae baar Aayaa_

7. She knows me well. (vah mujhe ac{c{h& tarah se ja@nat& hai) vah mauJae AcCI tarh sae jaanataI hE_

8. This is better than that one. (yah us se behatar hai) yah qsasae baehtar hE_ 9. Kindly give me ten dollars. (kr<paya@ mujhe das da@lar d&jiye) ×payaa mauJae dsa DaâLar dIija]_

10. Otherwise I will go. (varana@ main[ c{ala@ ja@u@n[ga@) varnaa maE> caLaa jaaQãgaa_

11. Where is your friend? (a@p ka@ mitra kaha@n[ hai?) Aapaka ima%a khaã hE?

12. When did you hear this? (a@p ne yah kab suna@?) Aapanae yah kba saunaa?

13. Why are you sad? (a@p uda@s kyon[ hain[) Aapa qdasa Kyaae> hE>?

14. How was this written? (yah kaise likha@ tha@?) yah k“sae iLaSaa Yaa?

15. Please speak slowly (kr>paya@ dh&re boliye) ×payaa ZaIre baaeiLa]_

16. Tell me again. (mujhe fir se kahiye) mauJae ifr sae kih]_

17. Sunil will not come now. (Sun&l ab nah&n[ a@yega@) saunaILa Aba nahI> Aa]gaa_

18. I like it very much. (main[ ise bahuta c{a@hata@ hu@n[, mujhe yah bahut hi ac{c{ha@ lagata@ hai) maE> }sae bahuta caahtaa hUã, mauJae yah bahuta hI AcCa Lagataa hE_

19. It is not very bad. (yah bahut bura@ nah&n[ hai) yah bahuta baura nahI> hE_ 20. He stood at once. (vah ekadam khad<a@ hua@) vah ]kdma SaDña huAa_

1. I have to walk slowly. (mujhe dh&re c{alana@ hai) mauJae ZaIre caLanaa hE_

Page 65: Doc Hindi learn to speak

HINDI TEACHER for English Speaking People

65

2. Flowers are drying quickly. (fu@l jald& su@kh rahe hain[) f”La jaLdI saUSa rhe hE>_

3. We are working very hard. (ham bahut ka@m kar rahe-rah& hain[) hma bahuta kama kr rhe-rhI

hE>_

4. It operates smoothly. (yah t>h&k taraha se c{alata@-c{alat& hai) yah #Ik tarh sae caLataa-caLataI hE_

5. Arrange the flowers nicely. (fu@lon[ ko ac{c{h& tarah se saja@iye) f”Laae> kae AcCI tarh sae sajaa}]_

1. I, We (main[, ham) maE>, hma_

2. I am. (main[ hu@n[) maE> hUã_ 3. We are friends. (ham dost hain[) hma daesta hE>_ 4. Give me one thing. (mujhe ek c{&j d&jiye) mauJae ]k caIja dIija]_

5. Tell us one thing. (hamen[ ek ba@t bata@iye) hmae> ]k baata bataa}]_

6. It will not be done by me. (yah mujh se nah&n[ hoga@) yah mauJasae nahI> haegaa_ 7. It will be done by us. (yah ham se hoga@) yah hmasae haegaa_ 8. This is for me. (yah mere liye hai) yah maere iLa] hE_ 9. Bring water for us. (hama@re liye pa@n& la@iye) hmaare iLa] paanaI Laa}]_ 10. He took money from me. (us ne mujh se paisa@ liya@) qsanae mauJasae paEsaa iLayaa_ 11. That is far from us. (vah ham se du@r hai) vah hmasae dUr hE_ 12. He is my brother. (vah mera@ bha@& hai) vah maera Baa}| hE_ 13. Our books. (hama@r& kita@ben[) hmaarI iktaabae>_

14. Belive in me. (mujh par bharosa@ k&jiye) mauJa par Baraesaa kIija]_

15. He depends on us. (vah ham par nirbhar hai) vah hma par inaBa|r hE_ 1. You, a@p Aapa

2. You are. (a@p hain[) Aapa hE>_

3. You are friends. (a@p dost hain[) Aapa daesta hE>_

4. I will give you one thing. (main[ a@p ko ek c{&j du@n[ga@-du@n[g&) maE> Aapakae ]k caIja dUãgaa-dUãgaI_

Page 66: Doc Hindi learn to speak

HINDI TEACHER for English Speaking People

66

5. I will tell you (all) one thing. (main[ a@p ko ek ba@t bata@u@n[ga@-bata@u@n[g&) maE> Aapakae (Aapa Laaegaae> kae)

]k baata bataaQãgaa-bataaQãgaI_

6. It will not be done by you. (yah a@p se nah&n[ hoga@) yah Aapasae nahI> haegaa_

7. It will be done by you all. (yah a@plogon[ se hoga@) yah Aapa Laaegaae> sae haegaa_

8. This is for you. (yah a@p ke liye hai) yah Aapak’ iLa] hE_

9. I will bring water for you all. (main[ a@plogon[ ke liye pa@n& la@u@n[ga@-la@u@n[g&) maE> Aapa Laaegaae> k’ iLa]

paanaI LaaQãgaa-LaaQãgaI_

10. He took money from you. (us ne a@p se paise liye) qsanae Aapasae paEsae iLayae_

11. That is far from you all. (vah a@p logon[ se du@r hai) vah Aapa Laaegaae> sae dUr hE_

12. He is your brother. (vah a@p ka@ bha@& hai) vah Aapaka Baa}| hE_

13. Your books. (a@p k& kita@ben[) AapakI iktaabae>_

14. I belive in you. (main[ a@p par bharosa@ karata@ hu@n[) maE> Aapa par Baraesaa krtaa hUã_

15. He depends on you. (vah a@p par nirbhar hai) vah Aapa par inaBa|r hE_

1. He, she, it, they vah ve. vah, vae_ 2. He-she is. (vah hai) vah hE_ 3. They are friends. vae daesta hE>_

4. Give him-her one thing. (us ko ek c{ij d&jiye) qsakae ]k caIja dIija]_

5. Tell them one thing. (un ko ek ba@t bata@iye) qnakae-qnhe> ]k baata bataa}]_

6. It will not be done by him-her. (yah us se nah&n[ hoga@) yah qsasae nahI> haegaa_ 7. It will be done by them. (yah un se goga@) yah qnasae haegaa_ 8. This is for her-him. (yah us ke liye hai) yah qsak’ iLa] hE_

9. Bring water for them. (un ke liye pa@n& la@iye) qnak’ iLa] paanaI Laa}]_

10. He took it from him-her. (us ne us se liya@) qsanae qsasae iLayaa_

11. That is far from them. (vah un se du@r hai) vah qnasae dUr hE_ 12. He is his-her brother. (vah us ka@ bha@& hai) vah qsaka Baa}| hE_

Page 67: Doc Hindi learn to speak

HINDI TEACHER for English Speaking People

67

13. Their books. (un k& kita@ben[) qnakI iktaabae>_

14. Belive in him-her. (us par bharosa@ k&jiye) qsa par Baraesaa kIija]_

15. He depends on them. (vah un par bharosa@ karata@ hai) vah qna par Baraesaa krtaa hE_

1. My dog. (mera@ kutta@) maera kÖTaa_ 2. My dogs. (mere kutte) maere kÖTae_

3. Our dog. (hama@ra@ kutta@) hmaara kÖTaa_ 4. Our dogs. (hama@re kutte) hmaare kÖTae_

5. My car. (mer& ga@d&) maerI gaaDñI_ 6. My cars. (mer& ga@d<iya@n[) maerI gaaiDñyaaã>_ 7. Our car. (hama@r& ga@d<&) hmaarI gaaDñI_ 8. Our cars. (hama@r& ga@d<iya@n[) hmaarI gaaiDñyaaã>_ 1. Your dog. (a@p ka@ kutta@) Aapaka kÖTaa_ 2. Your dogs. (a@p ke kutte) Aapak’ kÖTae_

3. Your car. (a@p k& ga@d<&) AapakI gaaDñI_ 4. Your cars. (a@p k& ga@d<iya@n[) AapakI gaiDñyaaã_

1. His dog. (us ka@ kutta@) qsaka kÖTaa_ 2. His dogs. (us ke kutte) qsak’ kÖTae_

3. Her dog. (us ka@ kutta@) qsaka kÖTaa_ 4. Her dogs. (us ke kutte) qsak’ kÖTae_

5. Their dog. (un ka@ kutta@) qnaka kÖTaa_ 6. Their dogs. (un ke kutte) qnak’ kÖTae_

7. His car. (us k& ga@d<&) qsakI gaaDñI_ 8. Her car. (us k& ga@d<&) qsakI gaaDñI_

9. His cars. (us k& ga@d<iya@n[) qsakI gaaiDñyaaã_ 10. Her car. (us k& ga@d<&) qsakI gaaDñI_

11. Their car. (un k& ga@d<&) qnakI gaaDñI_ 12. Their cars. (un k& ga@d<iya@n[) qnakI gaaiDñyaaã_

(1) This is the book that Ra@m gave me yesterday. (yah vah& kita@b hai jo Ra@m ne kal mujhe d& th&)

yah vahI iktaaba hE jaae rama nae kLa mauJae dI YaI_

(2) I do not want these things. (ye c{&jen[ mujhe nah&n[ c{a@hiye) yae caIjae> mauJae nahI> caaih]_ (3) I purchased that house. (main[ ne vah ghar khar&da@) maE>nae vah zar SarIda_

(4) Those cars are new. (ve ga@d<iya@n[ nay& hain[) vae gaaiDñyaaã na}| hE>_ (1) Someone is standing there. (vaha@n[ ko& khad<a@ hai) vahaã kae}| SaDña hE_

(2) Nobody is there. (vaha@n[ ko& nah&n[ hai, vaha@n[ ko& bh& nah&n[ hai) vahaã kae}| nahI> hE_ vahaã kae}| BaI

nahI> hE_

Page 68: Doc Hindi learn to speak

HINDI TEACHER for English Speaking People

68

(3) Give me some money. (mujhe kuc{h paise d&jiye) mauJae kÖC paEsae dIija]_

(4) Did he say anything? (us ne kuc{h kaha@ kya@?) qsanae kÖC kha Kyaa?

(5) Someone did it. (yah kis& ne kiya@ hai) yah iksaI nae ikyaa hE_

(6) Do not tell it to anyone. (kis& se yah mat kahana@) iksaI sae yah mata khnaa_

(7) It will not be done by anybody. (yah kis& se nah&n[ hoga@) yah iksaI sae nahI> haegaa_

(8) This is for someone. (yah kis& ke liye hai) yah iksaI k’ iLa] hE_

(9) He took it from somebody. (us ne yah kis& se liya@ hai) qsanae yah iksaI sae iLayaa hE_

(10) This money belongs to someone. (yah paisa@ kis& ka@ hai) vah paEsaa iksaI ka hE_

(11) He does not trust anyone. (vah kis& par bharosa@ nah&n[ karata@) vah iksaI par Baraesaa nahI> krtaa_

(1) As (you) sow, so (you) reap (jaisa@ karen[ge, vaisa@ bharen[ge) jaEsaa (Aapa) kre>gae, vaEsaa Bare>gae_

(2) As (one) will do, so will (he) reap (jaisa@ karega@, vaisa@ bharega@) jaEsaa kregaa, vaEsaa Baregaa_

(3) As (she) will do, so will (she) reap. (jaisa@ kareg&, vaisa@ bhareg&) jaEsaa kregaI, vaEsaa BaregaI_

(4) He-she who does, he-she pays. (jo karata@-karat& hai, so bharata@-bharat& hai). jaae krtaa-krtaI

hE, saae Bartaa-BartaI hE_

(5) Anyone you see, he is busy. (jis ko dekhiye vah& vyasta hai) ijasakae deiSa], vahI vyasta hE_

(6) Ask him, to whom it belongs. (jis k& c{ij hai us& se pu@c{hiye) ijasakI caIja hE, qsaI sae paUiC]_

(7) Call them who want tea. (jin ko c{ay c{a@hiye un ko bula@iye) ijanakae caaya caaih], qnakae bauLaa}]_

(8) The people I saw yesterday, are not here today. (jin ko kal main[ ne dekha@ ve a@j yaha@n[ nah&n[ hain[) ijanakae kLa maE>nae deSaa, vae Aaja yahaã nahI> hE>_

(9) As you say so will I do, I will do as you say. (jaisa@ a@p kahen[ge vaisa@ main[ karu@n[ga@) jaEsaa Aapa

khe>gae vaEsaa maE> kWãgaa_

(10) Do not give the money to people whom you do not trust. (jin-par a@p ka@ vis{va@s nah&n[ hai un logon[-ko a@p paise mat d&jiye) ijanapar Aapaka ivaovaasa nahI> hE qna Laaegaae> kae paEsae mata dIija]_

Page 69: Doc Hindi learn to speak

HINDI TEACHER for English Speaking People

69

SIMILARITY BETWEEN VARIOUS PRONOUNS

This yah yah

That vah vah

Who? kaun kaEna?

Who jo jaae

Here yaha@n[ yahaã There vaha@n[ vahaã

Where? kaha@n[ khaã?

Where jaha@n[ jahaã

On this side idhar }Zar

On that side udhar qZar On which side? kidhar ikZar?

On which side jidhar ijaZar

Now ab Aba

Then tab taba

When? kab kba?

When jab jaba

Like this aisa@ ]esaa

Like that vaisa@ vaEsaa

Like what, how? kaisa@ k“saa?

Like which jaisa@ jaEsaa

Like this is tarah }sa tarh

Like that us tarah qsa tarh

Like what? kis tarah iksa tarh?

Like which jis tarah ijasa tarh

Like these aise ]esae

Like these vaise vaEsae

Like what, how? kaise k“sae?

Like which jaise jaEsae

This much itana@ }tanaa

That much utana@ qtanaa

How much? kitana@ iktanaa

As much jitana@ ijatanaa

This much itan& }tanaI

That much utan& qtanaI

How much? kitan& iktanaI

As much jitan& ijatanaI

These many itane }tanaee

That many utane qtanae

How many? kitane iktanae?

As many jitane ijatanae

To this is ko }sakae

To that us ko qsakae

To whom kis- ko iksakae

To whom jis-ko ijasakae

With this is se }sasae

With that us se qsasae With what? kis se iksasae?

With which jis se ijasasae

Page 70: Doc Hindi learn to speak

HINDI TEACHER for English Speaking People

70

For this is liye }sa iLa]

For that us us liye qsa iLa]

For what? kis liye iksa iLa]?

For which jis liye ijasa iLa]

From this is se }sasae

From that us se qsasae

From what? kis se iksasae

From which jis se ijasasae

Of this is ka@ }saka

Of that us ka@ qsaka

Of what? kis ka@ iksaka?

Of which jis ka@ ijasaka

Of this is k&@ }sakI

Of that us k&@ qsakI

Of what? kis k&@ iksakI?

Of which jis k& ijasakI

Of this is ke@ }sak’

Of that us ke@ qsak’

Of what? kis ke@ iksak’?

Of which jis ke@ ijasak’

In this is men[ }samae> In that us men[ qsamae> In what? kis men[ iksamae>?

In which jis men[ ijasamae> On this is par }sa par

On that us par qsa par

On what? kis par iksa par

On which jis par ijasa par

Why? kyon[ Kyaae>?

so yon[ yaae>

thus tyon[ tyaae>

as jyon[ jyaae>

Page 71: Doc Hindi learn to speak

HINDI TEACHER for English Speaking People

71

(1) kaEna (kaun? who) : Who sleeps here? (yaha@n[ kaun sota@ hai?) yahaã kaEna saaetaa hE?

(2) Kyaae> (kyon[? why) : Why do you sleep here? Aapa yahaã Kyaae> saaetae hE>?

(3) Kyaa (kya@? what) : What are you doing here now? (a@p ab yaha@n[ kya@ kar rahe hain[?) Aapa Aba

yahaã Kyaa kr rhe hE>?

(4) kba (kab? When) : When will you come? (a@p kab a@yen[ge?) Aapa kba Aa]ãgae?

(5) khaã (kaha@n[? where) : Where does he live? (vah kaha@n[ rahata@ hai?) vah khaã rhtaa hE?

(6) kaEna saa (kaun sa@? which) : Which one is your room? (a@p ka@ kamara@ kaun sa@ hai?) Aapaka

kmara kaEna saa hE?

(1) I will take it myself. (main[ apane a@p lu@n[ga@-lu@n[g&) . maE> Apanae Aapa LaUãgaa-LaUãgaI_

(2) You should do it yourself. (a@p ko yah svayam[ karana@ c{a@hiye) Aapakae yah svaya> krnaa caaih]_

(3) He does it himself. (vah apane a@p karata@ hai) vah Apanae Aapa krtaa hE_

(4) She went by herself. (vah apane a@p gay&) vah Apanae Aapa ga}|_

(5) It happens by itself. (yah svayam[ h& hota@ hai) yah svaya> hI haetaa hE_ (6) They should try it by themselves. (ve apane a@p kar ke dekhen[) vae yah Apanae Aapa krk’ deSae>_

1. Ra@mu AND Sun&l are friends. (Ra@mu@ aur Sun&l mitra hain[) ramaU AaEr saunaILa ima%a hE>_

2. Bring mango AND a knife. (a@m aur c{a@ku@ la@iye) Aama AaEr caak” Laa}]_

3. He works day AND night. (vah ra@t va din ka@m karata@ hai) vah rata va idna kama krtaa hE_

4. I can read AND write Hind&. (main[ Hind& pad<h evam likh sakata@ hu@n[) maE> ih>dI pa$ñ ]va> iLaSa saktaa hUã_

5. He can speak AS WELL AS write Sanskrit. (vah sanskr>t bol tatha@ likh sakata@ hai) vah sa>s×ta

baaeLa taYaa iLaSa saktaa hE_

6. Give me an apple OR a banana. (mujhe seb ya@ kela@ d&jiye) mauJae saeba yaa k’Laa dIija]_

7. Speak in Hind& OR in English language. (Hind& athava@ an[grez& bha@s<a@ men[ boliye) ih>dI AYavaa

A>gaRejaI BaaPaa mae> baaeiLa]_

Page 72: Doc Hindi learn to speak

HINDI TEACHER for English Speaking People

72

8. EITHER pay me money OR give me the books. (mujhe ya@ to paise d&jiye athava@ kita@ben[ d&jiye) mauJae yaa taae paEsae dIija] AYavaa iktaabae> dIija]_

9. It is NEITHER good, NOR beautiful. (na to yah ac{c{ha@ hai na h& sundar hai) na taae yah AcCa hE

na hI sau>dr hE_

10. WHETHER you like it OR NOT, it will happen. (a@p k& ic{c{ha@ c{ha@he ho ya@ nah&n[ ho, yah to hoga@ h&) AapakI }cCa caahe hae yaa nahI> hae, yah taae haegaa hI_

11. I had no idea THAT he was in America. (main[ nah&n[ ja@nata@ tha@ ki vah amerika@ men[ hai) maE> nahI> jaanataa Yaa ik vah Amaeirka mae> hE_

12. He told me THAT it is not right. (us ne mujh se kaha@, ki yah t>h&k nah&n[ hai) qsanae mauJasae kha,

ik yah #Ik nahI> hE_

13. He said that he would not go. (us ne kaha@ k& vah nah&n ja@yega@) qsanae kha ik vah nahI> jaa]gaa_

14. He said, ‘I will not go.’ (us ne kaha@, ‘main[ nah&n[ ja@u@n[ga@) qsanae kha, ‘maE> nahI> jaaQãgaa_’

15. Sit down OR ELSE go. (n&c{e bait>hiye anyatha@ ja@iye) naIcae baEi#] AnyaYaa jaa}]_

16. Give me money, OTHERWISE I am going. (mujhe paise d&jiye varana@ main[ ja@ raha@-rah& hu@n[) mauJae paEsae dIija] varnaa maE> jaa rha-rhI hUã_

17. We are not rich BUT our heart is big. (ham am&r nah&n[ hain[ magar hama@ra@ dil bad<a@ hai) hma AmaIr nahI> hE>, magar hmaara idLa baDña hE_

18. I told him, BUT he did not stop. (main[ ne us se kaha@, lekin vah nah&n[ ruka@) maE>nae qsasae kha,

Laeikna vah nahI> wka_

19. He is uneducated, BUT intelligent. (vah anapad<ha hai, par buddhima@n hai) vah Anapa$ñ hE, par

baui&maana` hE_

20. She is trailing, BUT will win. (vah p&c{he hai, parantu j&teg&) vah paICe hE, par>tau jaItaegaI_ 21. I have eaten, BUT I am still hungry. (main[ ne kha@na@ kha@ya@ hai, kintu main[ abh& bh& ks<udhit

hu@n[) maE>nae Saanaa Saayaa hE, ik>tau maE> ABaI BaI xauiZata (BaUSaa) hUã_

22. He has severe pain, YET he is quiet. (us ko ka@f& dukh hai, tatha@pi vah s{a@nta hai) qsakae kafI

du:Sa hE, taYaaipa vah oaa>ta hE_

Page 73: Doc Hindi learn to speak

HINDI TEACHER for English Speaking People

73

23. ALTHOUGH he did not ask, I gave him money. (yadyapi us ne nah&n[ ma@n[ge, tatha@pi main[ ne us ko paise diye) ya^ipa qsanae nahI> maaãgae, taYaaipa maE>nae qsakae paEsae id]_

24. THOUGH I wanted to, I could not go out. (ha@la@n[ki main[ c{a@hata@ tha@, par main[ ba@har nah&n[ ja@ saka@, sak&) haLaaãik maE> caahtaa Yaa, par maE> baahr nahI> jaa saka_

25. He slept enough, STILL he is tired. (vah ka@f& soya@ fir bh& thaka@ hai) vah kafI saaeyaa ifr BaI

Yaka hE_

26. Notice was given IN ORDER THAT everyone may be aware. (notice diya@ gaya@ tha@, ta@ ki sab ko pata@ ho) naaei@sa idyaa gayaa Yaa, taaik sabakae pataa hae_

27. AS SOON AS the bell rang, I went inside. (jyon[ h& ghan>t>& baj&, main[ andar gaya@-gay&) jyaae>hI za>@I bajaI, maE> A>dr gayaa-ga}|_

28. He is walking AS THOUGH he is lame. (vah aise c{al raha@ hai jaise lan[gad<a@ ho) vah ]esae caLa rha jaEsae LaãgaDña hae_

29. I need ONLY five Rupees. (mujhu kewal pa@n~c{ rupaye c{a@hiye) mauJae k’vaLa paaãca wpa] caaih]_

30. I do not need ONLY money. (mujhe sirf paise h& nahin[ c{a@hiye) mauJae isaf– paEsae hI nahI> caaih]_

31. Something certainly fell down, FOR I heard the noise. (kuc{h to nis{c{it h& n&c{e gira@ hai, kyon[ ki main[ ne a@wa@j sun& hai) kÖC taae inaiocata hI naIcae igara hE, Kyaae>ik maE>nae Aavaaja saunaI hE_

32. He sat down BECAUSE he was tired. (vah n&c{e bait>h gaya@ kyon[ ki vah thaka@ tha@) vah naIcae baE# gayaa Kyaae>ik vah Yaka Yaa_

33. AFTER rain, the sun shone again. (vars<a@ ke ba@d su@raj fir nikal a@ya@) vaPaa| k’ baad saUrja ifr

inakLa Aayaa_

34. WHEN I was young, I used to work very hard. (jab main[ jawa@n tha@-th&, tab bahut ka@m karata@ tha@ karat& th&) jaba maE> javaana Yaa taba bahuta kama krtaa Yaa (krtaI YaI)_

35. His watch is WHERE he kept it. (us k& ghad<& vah&n[ hai jaha@n[ us ne rakh& th&) qsakI zaDñI vahI>

hE jahaã qsanae rSaI YaI_

36. Let us give charity, WHILE we have money. (jab tak apane pa@s paisa@ hai, ham da@n den[) jaba tak Apanae paasa paEsaa hE, hma dana de>_

Page 74: Doc Hindi learn to speak

HINDI TEACHER for English Speaking People

74

37. WHENEVER I see him, he is happy. (jab bh& main[ us ko dekhata@ hu@n[, vah khus{a hota@ hai) jaba BaI maE> qsakae deSataa hUã, vah Sauoa haetaa hE_

38. WHEREVER the rain falls, the water goes to the ocean only. (jaha@n[ kah&n[ bh& vars<a@ hot& hai, pa@n& sa@gar k& or h& ja@ta@ hai) jahaã khI> BaI vaPaa| haetaI hE, paanaI saagar kI Aaer hI jaataa hE_

39. He said yes, THEREFORE, I went there. (us ne ha@n[ kaha@, is liye main[ vaha@n[ gaya@-gay&) qsanae haã kha, }saiLa] maE> vahaã gayaa-ga}|_

(1) Yes (ha@n[, j& ha@n[) haã, jaI haã_ (2) Enough! (bas!) basa_ Thanks (dhanyava@d) Zanyavaad!

(3) Stop! (basa k&jiye!) basa kIija]! (4) Blessings! (muba@rak) maubaark!

(5) Well done! (s{a@ba@s{) oaabaaoa! Excuse me (maaf kIija])!

(6) Be careful! (sa@vadha@n) saavaZaana! (7) So it be! (t>h&k hai) #Ik hE_

(8) Get away (hat>) h@_ Get out of here (hat> ja@) h@ jaa_ (9) Alright! (khair! c{alo!) SaEr! caLaae! (10) Oh! (dhat! dhat tere k&!, hu@n[!) Zata, Zata taere kI_ hUã_

Page 75: Doc Hindi learn to speak

HINDI TEACHER for English Speaking People

75

(1) Yes (j&, j& ha@n[, han[ j&) jaI, jaI haã, haã jaI_ (2) Yes Sir (yes Madam) (han[ j&, j& ha@n[) haã jaI or jaI haã_

(3) No Sir (no Madam) (nah&n[ j&, j& nah&n[) nahI> jaI or jaI nahI>_

(4) Hello Mr. ‡nand (namaskar, namaste! a@nand j&) namaskar-namastae Aana>djaI_

(5) Hello An&ta@! (namaskar, namaste! an&ta@ j&) namaskar, namastae AnaItaajaI_

(6) Why? (kyon[ j&) Kyaae> jaI? 1. I work here. (I do work here) main[ yaha@n[ ka@m karata@ hu@n[. maE> yahaã kama krtaa hUã_

2. Only I work here. (nobody else does) yaha@n[ main[ h& ka@m karata@ hu@n[. yahaã maE> hI kama krtaa hUã_

3. I only work here. (I do nothing else here) main[ yaha@n[ ka@m h& karata@ hu@n[. maE> yahaã kama hI krtaa

hUã_

4. I work here only. (nowhere else) main[ yaha@n[ h& ka@m karata@ hu@n[. maE> yahaã hI kama krtaa hUã_

NOTE: In stead of the phrase yaha@n[ h& yahaã hI, we can write a single word yah&n[ yahI>_ 5. My house is near the temple. (mera@ ghar mandir ke pa@s hai) maera zar ma>idr k’ paasa hE_

6. My house is just near the temple. (mera@ ghar mandir ke pa@s h& hai) maera zar ma>idr k’ paasa hI hE_

1. Only I am. (main[ h& hu@n[) maE> hI hUã_ 2. Only You are. (a@p h& hain[) Aapa hI hE>>_

3. Only they are. (ve h& hain[) vae hI hE>_ 4. Only these are. (ye h& hain[) yae hI hE>_ NOTE : When hi hI comes after a pronoun, it may be combined with that pronoun to form an

emphatic phrase. 5. Only he-she is. (vah h& hai, vah& hai) vah hI hE, vahI hE_ 6. Only you are. (tum h& ho, tumh& ho) tauma hI hae; taumhI hae_ 7. That itself. vah hI_ vahI_ 8. This itself. yah hI_ yahI_

9. Here itself. (yaha@n[ h&, yah&n[) yahaã hI; yahI>_ 10. Only we are. (ham h& hain[, ham&n[ hain[) hma hI hE>; hmaI> hE>_

Page 76: Doc Hindi learn to speak

HINDI TEACHER for English Speaking People

76

11. Only to me. (mujh ko h&, mujh h& ko, mujh& ko) mauJa kae hI, mauJa hI kae, mauJaI kae_

12. Only to this. (is ko h&, is h& ko, is& ko) }sakae hI, }sa hI kae, }saI kae_

13. Only to these. (in ko h&, in h& ko, inh&n[ ko) }na kae hI, }na hI kae, }nhI> kae_

14. Only to that. (us ko h&, us h& ko, us& ko) qsa kae hI, qsa hI kae, qsaI kae_

15. Only to those. (un ko h&, un h& ko, unh&n[ ko) qna kae hI hE, qna hI kae, qnhI> kae_

16. Only now, now only. (ab h&, abh&) Aba hI, ABaI_

17. Only then, then only. (tab h&, tabh&) taba hI, taBaI_ 18. Right here, here only. (yaha@n[ h&, yah&n[) yahaã hI, yahI>_ 19. Right there, there only. (vaha@n[ h&, vah&n[) vahaã hI, vahI>_ 20. Every one. (sab h&, sabh&) saba hI, saBaI_ 21. Ever (kab + h& = kabh&) kba + hI = kBaI_

22. Never (kab + h& + nah&n[ = kabh& nah&n[) kba + hI + nahI> = kBaI nahI>_

23. Somewhere. khaã hI = khI>_

24. Nowhere. khaã hI nahI> = khI> nahI>_

25. All (sab) saba_ Everyone (sabh&) saBaI_ 26. Now (ab[) Aba_ Right now (abh&) ABaI_

(1) I (main[) maE>_ Me too (main[ bh&) maE> BaI_ We also (ham bh&) hma BaI_ Including you (a@p bh&)

Aapa BaI_ He as well (vah bh&) vah BaI_ As well as she (vah bh&) vah BaI_ And they (ve bh&) vae BaI_ Whoever, whichever (jo bh&) jaae BaI_

(2) When (jab) jaba_ Whenever (jab bh&, jabh&) jaba BaI, jaBaI_ Then (tab) taba_ Even then (tab bh&, tabh&) taba BaI, taBaI_

(3) Any (ko&) kae}|_ Anyone (ko& bh&) kae}| BaI_ Nobody (ko& bh& nah&n[) kae}| BaI nahI>_ Anything

(kuc{h bh&) kÖC BaI_

1. Go and give him the money. (ja@ kar us ko paise d&jiye) jaakr qsakaee paEsae dIija]_

2. Do not drive after drinking. (p& kar ga@d<& mat c{ala@iye) paIkr gaaDñI mata caLaa}]_

Page 77: Doc Hindi learn to speak

HINDI TEACHER for English Speaking People

77

3. Seeing the tiger, I got scared. (s{er ko dekh kar main[ dar gaya@) oaer kae deSakr maE> Dr gayaa_

4. I Pray Sarasvat& and then I start my study. (sarasvat& ko pau@ja kar main[ pad<ha@& a@rambha karata@ hu@n{) sarsvataI kae paUjakr maE pa$ña}| Aar>Ba krtaa hUã_

5. Drink the milk being seated. (bait>h kar du@dh p&jiye) baE#kr dUZa paIija]_

1. A car. (ga@d<&) gaaDñI_ Car owner. (ga@d<& wa@la@, ga@d<& wa@l&) gaaDñIvaaLaa, gaaDñIvaaLaI_ Car owners. (ga@d<&

wa@le, ga@d<& wa@l&) gaaDñIvaaLae, gaaDñIvaaLaI_ 2. A cap or a hat. (t>op&) @aepaI_ Cap-hat bearer. (t>op& wa@la@, t>op& wa@l&) @aepaIvaaLaa, @aepaIvaaLaI_ 3. A village. (ga@n[v) gaaãva_ A villager. (ga@va wa@la@) gaaãvavaaLaa, gaaãvavaaLaI_ Villagers (ga@va wa@le)

gaaãvavaaLae_ People from villages. (ga@va wa@le log) gaaãvavaaLae Laaega_ 4. A fruit. (fal) fLa_ A fruit seller. (fal wa@la@, fal wa@l&) fLavaaLaa, fLavaaLaI_ 5. A house. (ghar) zar_ Home owner, landlord. (ghar wa@la@) zarvaaLaa_ The lady of the house, the

wife, or the landlady. (ghar wa@l&) zarvaaLaI_ 1. Near (pa@s) paasa_ The one that is near or the next door person. (pa@s wa@la@, pa@s wa@l&) paasavaaLaa,

paasavaaLaI_ 2. Above (u@par) Qpar_ The one that is above, or the Lord. (u@par wa@la@) QparvaaLaa_ 3. Below (n&c{e) naIcae_ The one that is below, or the one that is at a lower level. (nic{e wa@la@)

naIcaevaaLaa_ 4. In front. (sa@mane) saamanae_ The one that is in front, or facing. (sa@mane wa@la@, sa@mane wa@l&)

saamanaevaaLaa, saamanaevaaLaI_ 1. To come. (a@na@) Aanaa_ The one who comes, the one who is going to come or the one who is

about to come. (a@ne wa@la@, a@ne wa@l&) AanaevaaLaa, AanaevaaLaI_

2. To die. (marana@) marnaa_ The one who dies, the one who is going to die or the one who is about

to die. (marane wa@la@, marane wa@l&) marnaevaaLaa, marnaevaaLaI_

Page 78: Doc Hindi learn to speak

HINDI TEACHER for English Speaking People

78

3. To fall. (girana@) igarnaa_ The one who falls, the one who is going to fall or the one who is about

to fall. (girane wa@la@, girane wa@l&) igarnaevaaLaa, igarnaevaaLaI_ 4. Six O Clock. (c{hah< baje) Ch bajae_ It is 6 O Clock. (ab c{hah< baje hain[) Aba Ch bajae hE>_ It is

going to be 6 O Clock. It is nearly 6 O Clock. (ab c{hah< bajane wa@le hain[) Aba Ch bajanae vaaLae

hE>_

1. I am a working man. (main[ ka@m karane wa@la@ a@dam& hu@n[, main[ karmac{a@r& hu@n[) maE> kama

krnaevaaLaa AadmaI (kma|caarI) hUã_

2. He does the work of selling vegetables. (vah sabji wa@la@ hai) vah sabjaIvaaLaa (sabjaI baecanaevaaLaa) hE_

3. She is coming today, she is going to come today. (vah a@j a@ne wal& hai) vah Aaja AanaevaaLaI hE_

4. I met him who owns the house. (main[ ghar wa@le se mila@-mil&) maE> zarvaaLae sae imaLaa-imaLaI_ 5. He is dying. (vah marane wa@la@ hai) vah marnaevaaLaa hE_ 6. He is the person who is going to speak-speaker. (vah bolane wa@la@ hai) vah baaeLanaevaaLaa (vaKtaa)

hE_

7. She is the writer. (likhane wa@l& vah hai, vah lekhika@ hai) iLaSanae vaaLaI vah hE_ vah LaeiSaka hE_

8. They are players. (khelane wa@le ve hain[, ve khelane wa@l& hain[) SaeLanaevaaLae vae hE>, vae SaeLanaevaalI

hE>_

1. To touch : The boat touched the shore. (na@v kina@re lag&) naava iknaare LagaI_

2. To be attached : This house is attached to the next one. (yah ghar du@sare ghar se laga@ hai) yah zar dUsare zar sae Lagaa hE_

3. To be in proximity : (i) My house is near the garden. (mera@ ghar udya@n se lag kar hai) maera zar q^ana sae Lagakr

(Lagaa) hE_

(ii) Please sit close to each other. (kr<paya@ lag lag kar bait>hiye) ×payaa Laga Lagakr baEi#]_

Page 79: Doc Hindi learn to speak

HINDI TEACHER for English Speaking People

79

4. To be engaged : I am engaged in my business. (main[ apane dhandhe men[ laga@-lag& hu@n[) maE> Apanae Za>Zae mae> Lagaa-LagaI hUã_

5. To be related : He is my brother. (vah mera@ bha@& lagata@ hai) vah maera Baa}| Lagataa hE_ 6. To appear : He appears a complete fool to me. (vah mujhe ekadam pa@gal lagata@ hai) vah mauJae

]kdma paagaLa Lagataa hE_

7. To receive : Now I have received some money. (ab mere ha@th kuc{h paise lage hain[) Aba maere

haYa kÖC paEsae Lagae hE>_

8. To embrace : The child hugged me. (bac{c{a mere gale laga@) baccaa maere gaLae Lagaa_ 9. To hit : The arrow hit the target. (t&r nis{a@ne par laga@) taIr inaoaanae par Lagaa_ 10. To hurt : His words hurt me. (us k& ba@t mujhe lag gay&) qsakI baata mauJae Laga ga}|_

11. To feel : I am feeling bad about this thing. (mujhe yah ba@t bur& lag rah& hai) mauJae yah baata baurI Laga rhI hE_

12. To get used to : I got (did not get) used to being here. (mera@ man yaha@n[ nah&n[ laga@) maera mana yahaã (nahI>) Lagaa_

13. To start : It was not working before, but now it has started working. (vah pahale ka@m nah&n[ karata@ tha@, magar ab karane laga@ hai) vah pahLae kama nahI> krtaa Yaa, magar Aba krnae Lagaa hE_

1. I want. (mujhe c{a@hiye) mauJae caaih]_ 2. I want tea. (mujhe c{ay c{a@hiye) mauJae caaya caaih]_ 3. Do you want tea? (kya@ a@pako c{ay c{a@hiye?) Kyaa Aapakae caaya caaih]? 4. She would want tea. (use c{a@y c{a@hiye hog&) qsae caaya caaih] haegaI_ 5. What does she want. (use kya@ c{a@hiye?) qsae Kyaa caaih]?

6. I should go. (mujhe ja@na@ c{a@hiye) mauJae jaanaa caaih]_ *

7. I desire success. (mujhe yas{a c{a@hiye) mauJae yaoa caaih]_ (1) I want tea. (main[ c{ay c{ahata@-c{ahat& hu@n[) maE> caaya caahtaa-caahtaI hUã_ (2) Do you want tea? (kya@ a@p c{a@y c{a@hate hain[?) Kyaa Aapa caaya caahtae hE>?

(3) She would want tea. (vah c{a@y c{a@heg&) vah caaya caahegaI_

Page 80: Doc Hindi learn to speak

HINDI TEACHER for English Speaking People

80

(4) He wanted to come to your house. (us ne a@p ke ghar a@na@ c{a@ha@ tha@) qsanae Aapak’ zar Aanaa caaha

Yaa_

(5) I like you. (main[ a@p ko c{a@hata@-c{a@hat& hu@n[) maE> Aapakae caahtaa-caahtaI hUã_

(6) He does not like to play cards. (vah ta@s{a nah&n[ khelana@ c{a@hata@) vah taaoa nahI> SaeLanaa caahtaa_

1. Whethere (may it be) near or far, I will not come. (c{a@he du@r ho c{a@he pa@s ho, main[ nah&n[ a@u@n[ga@) caahe dUr hae caahe paasa hae, maE> nahI> AaQãgaa_

2. Either give me cheuqe or give me cash. (c{a@he c{ek d&jiye c{a@he (ya@) nakad d&jiye) caahe caek

dIija] caahe (yaa) nakd dIija]_

3. Whatever you say, he will not listen. (a@p c{a@he jo bh& kahiye, vah nah&n[ sunega@) Aapa caahe jaae

BaI kih], vah nahI> saunaegaa_

1. Present Perfect : I have already done it. (main[ yah kar c{uka@-c{uk& hu@n[) maE> yah kr cauka-caukI hUã_

2. Past Perfect : She had already seen it. (vah yah dekh c{uk& th&) vah yah deSa caukI YaI_

3. Future Perfect : He will have already slept by the time you will go there. (jab tak a@p vaha@n[ ja@en[ge-ja@en[g&, tab tak vah so c{uka@ hoga@) jaba tak Aapa vahaã jaa]ãgae-jaa]ãgaI, taba tak vah saae cauka

haegaa_

4. I am already fallen. (main[ gir c{uka@ hu@n[, main[ gir c{uk& hu@n[) maE> igar cauka hU©, maE> igar caukI hU©_

5. We are already fallen. (ham gir c{uke hain[, ham gir c{uk& hain[) hma igar cauk’ hE>, hma igar caukI hE>_

6. You are already fallen. (a@p gir c{uke hain[, a@p gir c{uk& hain[) Aapa igar cauk’ hE>, Aapa igar caukI> hE>_

7. He has already fallen. (vah gir c{uka@ hai) vah igar cauka hE_

8. She has already fallen. (vah gir c{uk& hai) vah igar caukI hE_

9. They are already fallen. (ve gir c{uke hain[, ve gir c{uk& hain[) vae igar cauk’ hE>, vae igar caukI hE>_

1. I can do it, I am able to do it. (main[ yah kar sakata@-sakat& hu@n[) maE> yah kr saktaa-saktaI hUã_

2. He could go, he was able to go. (vah ja@ saka@) vah jaa saka_

1. He cried. (vah roya@) vah raeyaa_ 2. He cried suddenly. (vah ro pad<a@) vah rae paDña_

Page 81: Doc Hindi learn to speak

HINDI TEACHER for English Speaking People

81

3. She cried. (vah ro&) vah rae}|_ 4. She cried suddenly. (vah ro pad<&) vah rae paDñI_ 5. The child fell down. (bac{c{a@ gira@) baccaa igara_ 6. The child fell down suddenly. (bac{c{a@ gir pad<a@) baccaa igar paDña_ 7. The trouble came. (mus&bat a@y&) mausaIbata Aa}|_

8. The trouble came all of a sudden. (mus&bat a@ pad<&) mausaIbata Aa paDñI_

9. She came after me, I got stuck with her. (vah mere p&c{he pad<&, vah mere gale pad< gay&) vah maere paICe paDñI, vah maere gaLae paDñ ga}|_

10. I walked. (main[ paidal c{ala@) maE> paEdLa caLaa_ 11. I had to walk. (mujhe paidal c{alana@ pad<a@) mauJae paEdLa caLanaa paDña_ 12. I had to think. (mujhe soc{ana@ pad<a@) mauJae saaecanaa paDña_ 13. I was forced to pay. (mujhe paise dene pad<e) mauJae paEsae denae paDñe_ 1. He killed the bird. (us ne pan~c{h& ko ma@ra@) qsanae pa>CI kae maara_

2. Eventually or intentionally, he kill the bird. (us ne pan~c{h& ko ma@r d<a@la@) qsanae pa>CI kae maar

DaLaa_

3. He (knowingly) broke the window. (us ne khid<aki tod<&, us ne khid<ak& tod< da@l&) qsanae iSaDñkI

taaeDñI_ qsanae iSaDñkI taaeDñ DaLaI_

10. I was fallen (main[ gira@ hua@ tha@, main[ gir& hu& th&) maE> igara huAa Yaa, maE> igarI hu}| YaI_

11. We were fallen (ham gire hue the, ham gir& hu& th&n[) hma igare hu] Yae, hma igarI hu}| YaI>_

12. You were fallen (a@p gire hue the, a@p gir& hu& th&n[) Aapa igare hu] Yae, Aapa igarI hu}| YaI>_

13. He was fallen (vah gira@ hua@ tha@) vah igara huAa Yaa_

14. She was fallen (vah gir& hu& th&) vah igarI hu}| YaI_

15. They were fallen (ve gire hue the, ve gir& hu& th&n[) vae igare hu] Yae, vae igarI hu}| YaI>_

(1) I saw you while you were coming. (main[ ne a@p ko a@te hue dekha@) maE>nae Aapakae Aatae hu] deSaa_

Page 82: Doc Hindi learn to speak

HINDI TEACHER for English Speaking People

82

(2) I have heard her singing. (main[ ne use ga@te hue suna@ hai) maE>nae qsae gaatae hu] saunaa hE_ (3) Do not talk while eating. (kha@te hue mat boliye) Saatae hu] mata baaeiLa]_

(4) The child slept while crying. (bac{c{a@ rota@ hua@ so gaya@) baccaa raetaa huAa saae gayaa_ (bac{c{& rot& hu& so gay&) baccaI raetaI hu}| saae ga}|_

(5) Do not read while driving. (ga@d<& c{ala@te hue mat pad<hiye) gaaDñI caLaatae hu] mata pai$ñ]_

(1) We have no time. (hama@re pa@s samaya nah&n[ hai) hmaare paasa samaya nahI> hE_

(2) I have two books. (mere pa@s do kita@ben[ hain[) maere paasa dae iktaabae> hE>_

(3) He-she has one car. (us ke pa@s ek ka@r hai) qsak’ paasa ]k gaaDñI hE_

(4) They have no money. (un ke pa@s paisa@ nah&n[ hai) qnak’ paasa paEsaa nahI> hE_

(5) How much money do you have? (a@p ke pa@s kitane paise hain[?) Aapak’ paasa iktanae paEsae hE>?

(1) Come, sit with me! (a@iye! mere pa@s bait>hiye) Aa}]! maere paasa baEi#]_

(2) He passed by us. (vah hama@re pa@s se gujara@) vah hmaare paasa sae gaujara_ (3) My house is near the school. (mera@ ghar vidya@lay ke pa@s hai) maera zar iva^aLaya k’ paasa hE_

(4) She is sitting near them. (vah un ke pa@s bait>h& hai) vah qnak’ paasa baE#I hE_

(11) jaga (jag) The world. jaga Bar (jag bhar) In the whole world.

(12) idna (din) A day. (din bhar) idna Bar The whole day.

(13) zar (ghar) A house. zar Bar (ghar bhar) In the whole house.

(14) pae@ (pet>) The stomach. pae@ Bar (pet> bhar) Belly full.

(15) rata (ra@t) A Night. rata Bar (ra@t bhar) The whole night.

(16) He watches TV whole day (vah din bhar TV dekhata@ hai) vah idna Bar @IvaI deSataa hE_ (vah din bhar TV dekhata@ rahata@ hai) vah idna Bar @IvaI deSataa rhtaa hE_

(17) I could not sleep all night. (main[ ra@t bhar so nah&n[ saka@-sak&) maE> rata Bar saae nahI> saka-sakI_

(1) Fool (pa@gal) paagaLa_ Like a fool. (pa@gal sa@) paagaLa saa, paagaLa saI, paagaLa sae_

Page 83: Doc Hindi learn to speak

HINDI TEACHER for English Speaking People

83

He appeared like a fool to me. (vah mujhe pa@gal sa@ laga@) vah mauJae paagaLa saa Lagaa_ (2) A little (thod<a@) YaaeDña, YaaeDñI Just a little. (thod<a@ sa@) YaaeDña saa, YaaeDñI saI_ Please, give me some more time. (kr>paya@, mujhe thod<a@ sa@ samay aur d&jiye) ×payaa, mauJae YaaeeDña

saa samaya AaEr dIija]_

(3) Good (ac{c{ha@) AcCa, AcCI, AcCe_ Good one. (ac{c{ha@ sa@) AcCa saa, AcCI saI, AcCe sae_

Give me one good book. (mujhe ek ac{c{h& s& kita@b d&jiye) mauJae ]k AcCI saI iktaaba dIija]_

Keep some good picture in my room. (kis& ac{c{he se c{itra ko mere kamare men[ rakhiye) iksaI AcCe sae ica%a kae maere kmare mae> riSa]_

(4) Fat (mot>a@) maae@a, maae@I, maae@e_ A bit fat one. (mot>a@ sa@) maae@a saa, maae@I saI, maa@e sae_ This boy is fat. (yah bac{c{a@ mot>a@ hai) yah baccaa maae@a hE_ He is a bit fat. (vah mot>a@ sa@ hai) vah maae@a saa hE_ (5) Red (la@l) LaaLa_ Reddish (la@l sa@) LaaLa saa_ Black (ka@la@, ka@l&) kaLaa, kaLaI_ Blackish (ka@la@ sa@, ka@l& s&) kaLaa saa, kaLaI saI_

(1) A house (ghar) zar_ Up to the house. (ghar tak) zar tak_

From here up to the house. (yaha@n[ se ghar tak) yahaã sae zar tak_

(2) As far as I am concerned. (jaha@n[ tak mer& ba@t hai), jahaã tak maerI baata hE_

(3) How long will you go? (a@p kaha@n[ tak ja@en[ge?) Aapa khaã tak jaa]ãgae?

I will go as far as you will go. (a@p jaha@n[ tak ja@en[ge vaha@n[ tak main[ ja@u@n[ga@) Aapa jahaã tak

jaa]ãgae vahaã tak maE> jaaQãgaa-jaaQãgaI_

(4) Up to three O Clock. (t&n baje tak) taIna bajae tak_ From four O Clock to five O Clock. (c{a@r baje se pa@n~c{ baje tak) caar bajae sae paaãca bajae tak_

Up to the morning. (savere tak) savaere tak_

(5) I will fly from London up to Delh& and then I will travel by train up to Mumba& via Jaipur. (main[ London se Dill& tak hawa@& jaha@j se ja@u@n[ga@ aur fir Jaipur hota@ hua@, Mumba& tak rel ga@d>& se safar karu@n[ga@) maE> La>dna sae idLLaI tak hvaa}| jahaja sae jaaQãgaa AaEr ifr jayapaur haetaa huAa mau>ba}|

tak reLagaaDñI sae safr kWãgaa_

Page 84: Doc Hindi learn to speak

HINDI TEACHER for English Speaking People

84

(6) Up to what distance? (kaha@n[ tak?) khaã tak? Up to there. (vaha@n[ tak) vahaã tak_

(1) He did not come here. (vah yaha@n[ nah&n[ a@ya@) vah yahaã nahI> Aayaa_

At least he did not come here. (vah to yaha@n[ nah&n[ a@ya@) vah taae yahaã nahI> Aayaa_

He did not come at least here. (vah yaha@n[ to nah&n[ a@ya@) vah yahaã taae nahI> Aayaa_

(2) What happened? (kya@ hua@?) Kyaa huAa? So, what happened? (to, kya@ hua@?) taae, Kyaa huAa?

So, what happened then? So, what is the difference. So, how much does it matter? (to fir kya@ hua@?) taae ifr Kyaa huAa?

(3) Okay, take it. (t>h&k hai, l&jiye) #Ik hE, LaIija]_

If it is Okay, then take it! (t>h&k hai to l&jiye) #Ik hE, taae LaIija]!

Okay then, take it. (to fir t>h&k hai, l&jiye) taae ifr #Ik hE, LaIija]_

(4) Tell me. (mujhe kahiye) mauJae kih]_ Just tell me. (mujhe kahiye to) mauJae kih] taae_

At least tell me. (mujhe to kahiye) mauJae taae kih]_ (5) Give me. (mujhe d&jiye) mauJae dIija]_ I will go. (main[ ja@u@n[ga@-ja@u@n[g&) maE> jaaQãgaa-jaaQãgaI_

Give me, or else I will leave. (mujhe d&jiye, nah&n[ to main[ c{ala ja@u@n[ga@) mauJae dIija], nahI> taae maE> caLaa jaaQãgaa (caLaI jaaQãgaI)_

(6) They were saying, this is very easy. (ve kah rahe the ki yah bahut a@sa@n hai) vae kh rhe Yae ik

yah bahuta Aasaana hE_

They were saying, this one is very easy. (ve kah rahe the ki yah to bahut a@sa@n hai) vae kh rhe

Yae ik yah taae bahuta Aasaana hE_

On the other hand, they were saying, this is very easy. (ve to kah rahe the ki yah bahut a@sa@n hai) vae taae kh rhe Yae ik yah bahuta Aasaana hE_

(i) mauJae krnae dIija] muze yah karane d&jiye = let me do.

(ii) saaeinayaa kae yah krnae dIija] Soniya@ ko yah karane d&jiye = let Soniya do it.

(1) (|jaa - go) Let me go. (mujhe ja@ne d&jiye) mauJae jaanae dIija]_

Page 85: Doc Hindi learn to speak

HINDI TEACHER for English Speaking People

85

(2) Let him go home now. (use ab ghar ja@ne d&jiye) qsae Aba zar jaanae dIija]_

(3) (|hae = happen) Let it happen. (yah hone d&jiye) haenae dIija]_ (4) (|paI - drink) Let the dog drink water. (kutte ko pa@n& p&@ne d&jiye) kÖTae kae paanaI paInae dIija]_

(5) (|saae - sleep) Let the child sleep up to 8 O clock. (bac{c{e ko a@t>h baje tak sone d&jiye) baccae kae

Aa# bajae tak saaenae dIija]_

(6) (|Lae - take) Let him not take money from here. (use yaha@n[ se paise mat lene d&jiye) qsae yahaã sae paEsae mata Laenae dIija]_

(7) (|rh - stay) If he wants let him stay here. (yadi vah c{a@hata@ hai to use yahan[ rahane d&jiye) yaid vah caahtaa hE taae qsae yahaã rhnae dIija]_

1. Here yaha@n[ yahaã_ There vaha@n[ vahaã_ 2. At his place, at his house. (us ke yaha@n[ qsak’ yahaã_

3. At my place, at my house (mere yaha@n[) maere yahaã_ 4. Please come to my place, please come to my home. (mere yaha@n[ a@iye) maere yahaã Aa}]_ 5. They do not have a dog. (at their place) (un ke yaha@n[ kutta@ nah&n[ hai) qnak’ yahaã kÖTaa nahI>

hE_ 6. Do you have a cat? (kya@ a@p ke yaha@n[ bill& hai?) Kyaa Aapak’ yahaã ibaLLaI hE?

7. No one eats meat in their house. (un ke yaha@n[ ko& bh& ma@n[s nah&n[ khata@ hai) qnak’ yahaã kae}|

BaI maa>sa nahI> Saataa hE_

(1) I am eating my (own) food. (main[ apana@ kha@na@ kha@ raha@ hu@n[) maE> Apanaa Saanaa Saa rha hUã_

(2) We are reading our (own) books. (ham apan& kita@ben[ pad<h rahe hain[) hma ApanaI iktaabae> pa$ñ

rhe hE>_

(3) You are writing with your (own) pen. (a@p apan& kalam se likh rahe hain[) Aapa ApanaI kLama

sae iLaSa rhe hE>_

(4) He is going to his (own) home. (vah apane ghar ja@ raha@ hai) vah Apanae zar jaa rha hE_

(5) She is coming from her (own) home. (vah apane ghar se a@ rah& hai) vah Apanae zar sae Aa rhI

hE_

Page 86: Doc Hindi learn to speak

HINDI TEACHER for English Speaking People

86

(6) They (ladies) are going in their (own) cars. (ve apan& ga@d<iyon[ men[ ja@ rah& hain[) vae ApanaI

gaaiDñyaae> mae> jaa rhI hE>_

(7) Ra@m sat on his (own) chair. (Ra@m apan& kuras& par bait>ha@) rama ApanaI kÖrsaI par baE#a_

(8) S&ta@ sat on her (own) chair. (S&ta@ apan& kuras& par bait>h&) saItaa ApanaI kÖrsaI par baE#I_

(9) Ra@m and S&ta@ sat on their (own) chairs. (Ra@m aur S&ta@ apan& kurasiyaon[ par bait>he) rama AaEr saItaa ApanaI kÖrisayaae> par baE#e_

(10) All sat on their (own) chairs. (Sab apan& kurasiyon[ par bait>he) saba ApanaI kÖrisayaae> par

baE#e_

(11) Everyone sat on his-her (own) chair. (har a@dm& apan& kuras& par bait>ha@) hr AadmaI ApanaI

kÖrsaI par baE#a_ (har aurat apan& kuras& par bait>h&) hr AaErta ApanaI kÖrsaI par baE#I_

(12) Each one of them sat on his-her (own) chair. (har a@dam& apan&-apan& kuras& par bait>ha@) hr AadmaI ApanaI-ApanaI kÖrsaI par baE#a_

(13) Each woman sat on her (own) chair. (har aurat apan&-apan& kuras& par bait>h&) hr AaErta

ApanaI-ApanaI kÖrsaI par baE#I_

(1) I saw it myself. (main[ ne yah apane a@p dekha@) maE>nae yah Apanae Aapa deSaa_

(2) We wrote it ourselves. (ham ne yah apane a@p likha@) hmanae yah Apanae Aapa iLaSaa_

(3) You learned it yourself. (a@pne yah apane a@p s&kha@) Aapanae yah Apanae Aapa saISaa_

(4) He kept it himself. (us ne yah apane a@p rakha@) qsanae yah Apanae Aapa rSaa_

(5) She tasted it herself. (usne yah apane a@p c{akha@) qsanae yah Apanae Aapa caSaa_

(6) They saw it themselves. (unhon[ ne yah apane a@p dekha@) qnhae>nae yah Apanae Aapa deSaa_

(7) It appeared to them itself. (unako yah apane a@p dikha@) qnakae yah Apanae Aapa idSaa_

(1) Kyaa_ (kya@) What? Aapak’ paasa Kyaa hE? What do you have? (a@p ke pa@s kya@ hai?) Aapak’ paasa

Kyaa-Kyaa hE? What things do you have? What specific things do have? (a@p ke pa@s kya@-kya@ hai?)

Page 87: Doc Hindi learn to speak

HINDI TEACHER for English Speaking People

87

(2) kaEna? (kaun?) Who? vahaã kaEna hE? (vaha@n[ kaun hai?) Who is there? vahaã kaEna-kaEna hE? (vaha@n[ kaun-kaun hai?) Who are the people there?

(1) baDña (bad<a@) big. baDña zar (bad<a@ ghar) a big house. baDñe-baDñe zar (bad<e-bad<e ghar) the big

houses. baDñI-baDñI saDñk’> (bad<&-bad<& sad<aken[) the big roads.

(2) Cae@a (c{hot>a@) small. Cae@a baccaa (c{hot>a@ bac{c{a@) small kid. Cae@e-Cae@e baccae (c{hot>e-c{hot>e bac{c{e) the

small children. Cae@I-Cae@I baatae>_ (c{hot>&-c{hot>& ba@ten[) the small matters.

(3) ]k (ek) One. ]k paEsaa (ek paisa@) One cent . ]k-]k paEsaa jaaeDñkr hmanae yah makana banavaayaa hE

(ek-ek paisa@ jod< kar hamane yah maka@n banava@ya@ hai) by saving each paisa@ (cent) we built this house.

(1) khaã? (kaha@n[) Where? ih>dI iktaabae> khaã imaLataI hE>? (Hind& kita@ben[ kaha@n[ milat& hain[) Where

can you buy Hind& books? ih>dI iktaabae> khaã-khaã imaLataI hE>? (Hind& kita@ben[ kaha@n[-kaha@n[ milat& hain[) How many places can you buy Hind& books?

(2) ZaIre (dh&re) Slowly. vah ZaIre caLataa hE (vah dh&re c{alata@ hai) He walks slowly.

ZaIre-ZaIre qsakae AKLa Aa}|_ (dh&re-dh&re us ko akla a@y&) Slowly by slowly he came to his

senses. (3) ALaga (alag) Separate. qnakae ALaga kIija]_ (un ko alag k&jiye) Separate them.

qnakae ALaga-ALaga kIija]_ (un ko alag-alag k&jiye) Separate each of them, sort them out.

(1) Ra@m writes addresses on the letters. (Ra@m chit>t>hiyon[ par pate likhata@ hai) |likh rama

icai¤yaae> par patae iLaSataa hE_

(2) The ants are walking from this leaf to that leaf. (c{&n[t>iya@n[ is patte se us patte tak c{al rah& hain[) |c{al caI>i@yaaã }sa paTae sae qsa paTae tak caLa rhI hE>_

(3) She ate an apple in the room. (us ne kamare men[ seb kha@ya@) |kha@ qsanae kmare mae> saeba Saayaa_

(4) We shot an arrow, we drove his car today. (ham ne t&r c{ala@ya@, ham ne a@j us k& ga@d<& c{ala@y&) |c{ala@ hmanae taIr caLaayaa_ hmanae Aaja qsakI gaaDñI caLaa}|_

(5) R&ta@ will throw the ball and the dog will run. (R&ta@ gend fen[keg& aur kutta@ bha@gega@) |fen[k, |bha@g rItaa gae>d f’>k’gaI AaEr kÖTaa Baagaegaa_

Page 88: Doc Hindi learn to speak

HINDI TEACHER for English Speaking People

88

(6) Vis[a@l will bring three bananas. (Vis{a@l t&n kele la@yega@) |la@ ivaoaaLa taIna k’Lae Laa]gaa_

(7) Ra@n& was cutting the green vegetables. (Ran& har& sabjiya@n[ ka@t> rah& th&) |ka@t> ranaI hrI saibjayaaã ka@ rhI YaI_

(8) The bear runs. (bha@lu@ bha@gata@ hai) |bha@g BaaLaU Baagataa hE_ (9) They fixed the bed. (unhon[ ne bistar t>h&k kiya@[) |t>h&k kar qnhae>nae ibastar #Ik ikyaa_

(10) He will keep my cat in his house. (vah mer& bill& apane ghar men[ rakhega@) |rakh vah maerI ibaLLaI Apanae zar mae> rSaegaa_

(11) Does this bird fly? (kya@ yah pan~c{h& ud<ata@ hai?) |ud< Kyaa yah pa>CI qDñtaa hE?

(12) Can the blacksmith work at night? (kya@ luha@r ra@t men[ ka@m kar sakata@ hai) |ka@m kar, |sak Kyaa Lauhar rata mae> kama kr saktaa hE?

(13) Gopa@l had washed this blanket yesterday. (Gopa@l ne yah kambal kal dhoya@ tha@) |dho gaaepaaLa nae yah käbaLa kLa Zaaeyaa Yaa_

(14) Gopa@l washed that blanket yesterday. (Gopa@l ne vah kambal kal dhoya@) |dho gaaepaaLa nae vah käbaLa kLa Zaaeyaa_

Gopa@l will have washed a blanket tomorrow. Gopa@l ne ek kambal kal dhoya@ hoga) |dho gaaepaaLa nae ]k käbaLa kLa Zaaeyaa haegaa_

(15) Arvind should hold this box. (Arvind yah d<ibba@ pakad<e. Arvind ko yah d<ibba@ pakad<na@ cha@hiye) |pakad< Ariva>d yah iDbbaa pakDñe_ Ariva>d kae yah iDbbaa pakDñnaa caaih]_

(16) A branch fell from the tree on the grass. (ped< k& ek s{a@kha@ gha@s par gir&) |gir paeDñ kI ]k

oaaSaa zaasa par igarI_

(17) May my brother-in-law arrive on time! (mera@ sa@la@-dewar samay par ghar a@ye) |a@ maera saaLaa-devar samaya par zar Aa]_

I hope my brother-in-law arrives home on time. (main[ as{a@ karata@ hu@n[ ki mera@ sa@la@-dewar samay par ghar a@ye) |a@s{a@ kar, |a@ maE> Aaoaa krtaa hUã ik maera saaLaa-devar samaya par zar Aa]_

(18) This medicine hurts more than the other one. (yah dawa@ us dawa& se adhik dukha@t& hai) |dukha@ yah dvaa qsa dvaa sae AiZak duSaataI hE_

Page 89: Doc Hindi learn to speak

HINDI TEACHER for English Speaking People

89

(19) When do you read a book. (a@p kita@b-pustak kab pad<hate hain[?) |pad<h Aapa iktaaba-paustak

kba pa$ñtae hE>?

(20) The bow will breake if you use it like this. (yadi a@p is tarah se is ka@ prayog karen[ge to dhanus<ya t>u@t>ega@) |t>u@t>, |prayog kar yaid Aapa }sa tarh sae }saka paRyaaega kre>gae taae ZanauPya @U@egaa_

(21) The boys should play. (lad<akon[ ko khelana@ c{a@hiye) |khel LaDñkae> kae SaeLanaa caaih]_

(22) S&ta@ cooks for us. (S&ta@ hama@re liye rot>& paka@t& hai) |paka@ saItaa hmaare iLa] rae@I pakataI hE_

(23) They buy breakfast only for us. (ve hama@re liye hi na@s{ta@ khar&date hain[) |khar&d vae hmaare iLa] hI naaotaa SarIdtae hE>_

(24) Jim arranges the bricks with the stons. (Jim pattharon[ ke sa@th &n[t>en[ rac{ata@ hai) |rac{ ijama patYarae> k’ saaYa }|>@e> rcataa hE_

(25) The bride became happy having seen him. (us ko dekh kar dulhan prasanna hu&) |dekh, |prasanna ho qsakae deSakr duLhna paRsa² hu}|_

(26) Meena@ hangs broom near the window. (Meena@ khid>ak& ke pas jha@d<u@ lat>ka@t& t>a@nagat& hai) |lat>ka@, |t>a@n[g maInaa iSaDñkI k’ paasa JaaDñU La@kataI, @aãgataI hE_

(27) Brother is afraid of dogs. (bha@&-bhaiya@ kutte se d<arata@ hai) |d<ar Baa}|-BaEyaa kÖTae sae Drtaa hE_

(28) Soniya@ picks up the bucket full of water. (Sonia pa@n& se bhar& hu& ba@lt>& ut>ha@t& hai) |bhar, |ut>ha@ saaeinayaa paanaI sae BarI hu}| baaL@I q#ataI hE_

(29) All bugs do not bite, but these red ones will bite you. (sabh& k&d<e nah&n[ ka@t>ate, lekin-magar ye la@l wa@le a@p ko ka@t>en[ge) |ka@t> saBaI kIDñe nahI> ka@tae, Laeikna-magar yae LaaLavaale Aapakae

ka@e>gae_

(30) Ramesh wants to see the building. (Ramesh ima@rat dekhana@ c{a@hata@ hai) |dekh, |c{a@h rmaeoa }maarta deSanaa cahtaa hE_

(31) Ra@dha@ has already made the butter. (Ra@dha@ makkhan bana@ chuk& hai) |bana@ raZaa maKSana banaa caukI hE_ Ra@dha@ has made the butter. (Ra@dha@ ne makkhan bana@ya@ hai) raZaa nae maKSana banaayaa hE_

(32) I saw Ra@ja@ taking the cabbage. (main[ Ra@ja@ ko patta@gobh& lete hue dekha@) |le, |dekh maE>nae rajaa kae paTaagaaeBaI Laetae hu] deSaa_

Page 90: Doc Hindi learn to speak

HINDI TEACHER for English Speaking People

90

(33) The camel has already drank water. (u@n[t> pa@n& p& c{uka@ hai) |p& Qã@ paanaI paI cauka hE_

(34) Ma@la@ was sewing a cap for R&tu. (Ma@la@ R&tu ke liye t>op& s& rah& th&) |s& maaLaa rItau k’ iLa]

@aepaI saI rhI YaI_

(35) Do not drive that car. (vah ga@d<& mat c{ala@iye) |c{ala@ vah gaaDñI mata caLaa}]_ (36) John cuts hair and then dyes them. (John ba@lon[ ko ka@t>ata@ hai aur fir un ko ran[ga@ta@ hai)

|ran[ga@ jaaâna baaLaae> kae ka@taa hE AaEr ifr qnakae rãgaataa hE_ (John ba@lon[ ko ka@t> kar un ko ran[ga@ta@ hai) jaaâna baaLaae> kae ka@kr qnakae rãgaataa hE_

(37) Rekha@ washes and then slices four carrots. (Rekha@ dho kar c{a@r ga@jar c{&rat& hai) |dho, |c{&r reSaa Zaaekr caar gaajar caIertaI hE_

(38) The cat walks like a tiger. (bill& s{er ki tarah c{a@lat& hai) |c{al ibaLLaI oaer kI tarh caLataI hE_

(39) Sun&ta@ covers the cauliflower while cooking. (Sun&ta@ paka@t& hu& fu@lgobh& ko d<hakat& hai) |d<hak saunaItaa pakataI hu}| f”LagaaeBaIe kae $ktaI hE_

(40) Aj&t takes three chairs from the room. (Aj&t kamare se t&n kurasiya@n[ leta@ hai) |le ja@ AjaIta

kmare sae taIna kÖrisayaaã Laetaa hE_

(41) We will get a chance after you. (a@p ke ba@d ham mauka@ pa@en[ge) |pa@ Aapak’ baad hma maaEka

paa]ãgae_

(42) The cheetah will die in the cold. (c{&ta@ t>hand< men[ marega@) |mar caItaa #>D mae> maregaa_ The cheetah will kill the dog. (c{&ta@ kutte ko ma@rega@) |ma@r caItaa kÖTae kae maaregaa_

(43) Child takes a bath with hot water. (bac{c{a@-ba@lak garam pa@n& se naha@ta@ hai) |naha@ baccaa-baaLak garma paanaI sae nahataa hE_

(44) People worship. (log pu@ja@ karate hain[) |pu@ja@ kar Laaega paUjaa krtae hE>_

(45) Ashok wants to fly an airplane. (As{ok hawa@& jaha@j ud<a@na@ c{a@hata@ hai) |c{a@ha Aoaaek hvaa}|

jahaja qDñanaa caahtaa hE_

(46) It is now ten O clock in the watch. (ghad<& men[ abh& das baje hain[) |baj zaDñI mae> ABaI dsa

bajae hE>_

(47) The cloth dries in the sun. (kapad<a@ dhu@p men[ su@khata@ hai) |su@kh kpaDña ZaUpa mae> saUSataa hE_

Page 91: Doc Hindi learn to speak

HINDI TEACHER for English Speaking People

91

People dry their chothes in the sun. (log apane kapad<e dhu@p men[ sukha@te hain[) |sukha@ Laaega Apanae kpaDñe ZaUpa mae> sauSaatae hE>_

(48) One will sure die if the cobra bites. (na@g yadi kis& ko ka@t>e to vah mar ja@ega@) |ka@t> yaid naaga iksaI kae ka@e taae vah mar jaa]gaa_

(48) The cocks and hens were eating rice. (murage aur muragiya@n[ c{a@wal kha@ rahe the) |kha@ maurgae AaEr maurigayaaã caavaLa Saa rhe Yae_

(49) Neil is cutting the coconut for pu@ja@. (Neil pu@ja@ ke liye na@riyal ka@t< raha@ hai) |ka@t> naILa paUjaa k’ iLa] naairyaLa ka@ rha hE_

(50) It is very cold in Canada. (Canad<a men[ bahut sard& hot& hai) |ho knaaDa mae> bahuta sadI| haetaI

hE_

(51) The cow gives us milk. (ga@y hamen[ du@dh det& hai) |de gaaya hmae> dUZa detaI hE_ (52) The butterfly does not fly as the crow flies. (jaise kaua@ ud<ata@ hai vaise tital& nah&n[ ud<at&)

|ud< jaEsae kaEAa qDñtaa hE, vaEsae itataLaI nahI> qDñtaI_

(53) The cuckoo sings a nice song. (koyal sundar sa@ ga@na@ ga@t& hai) |ga@ kaeyaLa sau>dr saa gaanaa

gaataI hE_

(54) With other vegetables, they sell cucumbers also in the market. (ve ba@ja@r men[ sabjiyon[ ke sa@th kh&re bh& bec{ate hain[) |bec{ vae baajaar mae> saibjayaae> k’ saaYa SaIre BaI baecatae hE>_

(55) R&na@ makes a potato curry. (R&na@ a@lu@ k& sabj& bana@t& hai) |bana@ rInaa AaLaU kI sabjaI banaataI

hE_

(56) He had counted days in the jail. (us ne kaid men[ din gine the) |gin qsanae k“d mae> idna iganae

Yae_

(57) The deer dances in the rains. (harin< barasa@t men[ na@c{ata@ hai) |na@c{ hirNa barsaata mae> naacataa hE_

(58) I buy diamonds from Paris and then bring them to Delhi. (main[ Paris se h&re khar&d kar Dill& la@ta@ hu@n[) |khar&d maE> paeirsa sae hIre SarId kr idLLaI Laataa hUã_

(59) She keeps the book open. (vah kita@b khul& rakhat& hai) |rakh vah iktaaba SauLaI rSataI hE_

(60) The dogs fight in the street. (kutte sad<ak par lad<ate hain[) |lad< kÖTae saDñk par LaDñtae hE>_

Page 92: Doc Hindi learn to speak

HINDI TEACHER for English Speaking People

92

(61) The donkey was pulling the cart. (gadha@ ga@d<& kh&n~c{ raha@ tha@) |kh&n~c{ gaZaa gaaDñI SaI>ca rha Yaa_

(62) The door opens on time. (darawa@ja@ samay par khulata@ hai) |khul drvaajaa samaya par SauLataa hE_

He opens the door at nine O clock daily. (vah roj nau baje darawa@ja@ kholata@ hai) |khol vah raeja naaE bajae drvaajaa SaaeLataa hE_

(63) The ducks lay eggs like hens. (batakh muragiyon[ ki tarah an<d<e det& hain[) |de bataSa maurigayaae> kI tarh A>De detaI hE>_

(64) Sometimes the earth shakes too. (kabh&-kabh& jam&n hilat& bh& hai) |hil kBaI-kBaI jamaIna

ihLataI BaI hE_

Sometimes she moves the fan, sometimes she does not. (kbh& vah pan[kha@ hila@t& hai, kabh& nah&n[) |hila@ kBaI vah pa>Saa ihLaataI hE, kBaI nahI>_

(65) Ran&ta@ never wastes electricity. (Ran&ta@ kabh& bh& bijal& baraba@d nah&n[ karat&) |khara@b kar rnaItaa kBaI BaI ibajaLaI barbaad nahI> krtaI_

(66) The elephant picks up wood easily. (ha@th& lakad<& a@sa@n& se ut>ha@ta@ hai) |ut>ha@ haYaI AasaanaI

sae LakDñI q#ataa hE_

(67) This is the end of this road. (yah is ra@ste ka@ anta hai) |ho yah }sa rastae ka A>ta hE_

(68) Mon&ka@ sends money to S&ma@ in an envelope. (Monika@ s&ma@ ko lifa@fe men[ paise bhejat& hai) |bhej maaeinaka saImaa kae iLafaf’ mae> paEsae BaejataI hE_

(69) M&na@ will write the examination tomorrow with R&tu. (M&na@ R&tu ke sa@th kal par&ks<a@ deg&-likheg&) |de, |likh maInaa rItau k’ saaYa kLa parIxaa degaI-iLaSaegaI_

(70) The child closes an eye and then opens the other. (ba@lak ek a@n[kh band kar ke du@sar& kholata@ hai) |band kar, |khol baaLak ]k AaãSa ba>d krk’ dUsarI SaaeLataa hE_

(71) When does your father wear eyeglasses? (a@p ke pita@ j& c{as{ma@ kab pahanate hain[?) |pahan Aapak’ ipataajaI caomaa kba pahnatae hE>?

(72) When is the Diwa@l&? (Diwa@l& kab hai) |ho idvaaLaI kba hE?

Page 93: Doc Hindi learn to speak

HINDI TEACHER for English Speaking People

93

(73) He will be placing his books on the table at ten O clock. (vah das baje apani kita@ben[ mej par rakh raha@ hoga) |rakh vah dsa bajae ApanaI iktaabae> maeja par rSa rha haegaa_

(74) The fire had already burnt the house. (a@g ghar ko jala@ c{uk& th&) |jala@ Aaga zar kae jaLaa

caukI YaI_

(75) The fish hides under a rock in the water. (mac{hal& pa@n& men[ patthar ke n&c{e c{hupat& hai) |c{hup maCLaI paanaI mae> patYar k’ naIcae CupataI hE_

(76) The flag moves with the wind. (jhan<d<a@ hava@ se hilata@ hai) |hil Ja>Da hvaa sae ihLataa hE_ (77) Tu@lika@ was smelling the rose flowers. (Tu@lika@ gula@b ke fu@l su@n[gh rah& th&) |su@n[gh taUiLaka

gauLaaba k’ f”La saUãza rhI YaI_

(78) D&pak will be cooking food at seven O clock. (D&pak sa@t baje kha@na@ paka@ raha@ hoga@) |paka@ dIpak saata bajae Saanaa paka rha haegaa_

(79) Please do not call Bill a fool. (Bill ko bewaku@f mat kahiye) |kah ibaLa kae baevak”f mata

kih]_

(80) Can the fox jump from this rock? (kya@ lomad<& is patthar se ku@d sakat& hai) |ku@d Kyaa LaaemaDñI }sa patYar sae k”d saktaI hE? (lomad<& is patthar se ku@d sakat& hai kya@?) |ku@d LaaemaDñI }sa patYar sae k”d saktaI hE Kyaa?

(81) Seeing this the friend laughs. (is ko dekh kar dost han[sta@ hai) |han[s }sakae deSakr daesta

hãsataa hE_

(82) A frog lives in the water and on the ground also. (men<d<hak pa@n& men[ aur jam&n par bh& j&ta@ hai) |j& mae>$k paanaI mae> AaEr jamaIna par BaI jaItaa hE_

(83) A fruit falls from the tree with the wind. (fal ped< se hava@ se girata@ hai) |gir fLa paeDñ sae

hvaa sae igartaa hE_

(84) N&na@ has bought a frying pan to fry samosa@/. (N&na@ ne samose talane ke liye kad<a@h& khar&d& hai) |khar&d naInaa nae samaaesae taLanae k’ iLa] kDñahI SarIdI hE_

(85) The gate opens when he comes. (jab vah a@ta@ hai tab fa@t>ak khulata@ hai) |khul jaba vah Aataa hE taba fa@k SauLataa hE_

Page 94: Doc Hindi learn to speak

HINDI TEACHER for English Speaking People

94

Sun&l opens the gate for others. (Sun&l du@saron[ ke liye fa@t>ak kholata@ hai) |khul saunaILa dUsarae> k’ iLa] fa@k SaaeLataa hE_

(86) The girl will weep. (lad<ak& roeg&) |ro LaDñkI rae]gaI_

(87) The goats sit. (bakariya@n[ bait>hat& hain[) |bait>h bakiryaaã baE#taI hE>_

(88) God is where you are. (jaha@n[ a@p hain[ vaha@n[ bhagawa@n hai) |ho jahaã Aapa hE> vahaã Bagavaana‘

hE_

(89) The granddaughter sleeps with the grandmother. (pot& da@d& ma@n[ ke sa@th sot& hai) |so paaetaI dadI maaã k’ saaYa saaetaI hE_

(90) The grapes are ripe. (an[gu@r pake hain[) |pak A>gaUr pak’ hE>_

(91) When the grass grows we have to cut it. (jab gha@s bad<hat& hai tab hamen[ ka@t>an& pad<at& hai) |bad<h, |ka@t> jaba zaasa ba$ñtaI hE taba hmae> ka@naI paDñtaI hE_

(92) The groom asks the bride. (du@lha@ dulhan se pu@c{hata@ hai) |pu@c{h dULha duLhna sae paUCtaa hE_

(93) Bob has dug the ground. (jam&n Bob ne khod& hai) |khod jamaIna baaâba nae SaaedI hE_ (94) The girls eat ripe guavas. (lad<akiya@n[ pake amaru@d kaha@t& hain) |kha@[ LaDñikyaaã pak’ AmaWd

SaataI hE>_

(95) The guests will enter through that door. (mehama@n us darva@je se pravesh karen[ge) |pravesh kar maehmaana qsa drvaajae sae paRvaeoa kre>gae_

(96) The hair grow very fast. (ba@l bahut jald& bad<hate hain[) |bad<h baaLa bahuta jaLdI ba$ñtae hE>_ (97) The hands protect the body. (ha@th s{ar&r k& raks<a@ karate hain[) |raks<a@ kar haYa oarIr kI rxaa

krtae hE>_

(98) When the fox comes, the hare hides. (jab lomad<& a@t& hai tab kharagos{ c{hupata@ hai) |a@, |c{hup jaba LaaemaDñI AataI hE taba Sargaaeoa Cupataa hE_

(99) Rola@ does not sell hats she buys cats. (Rola@ t>opiya@n[ nah&n[ bec{at& hai, vah billiya@n[ khar&dat& hai) |bec{ raeLaa @aeipayaaã nahI> baecataI hE, vah ibaiLLayaaã SarIdtaI hE_

(100) Tara thinks that it will snow today. (Tara soc{at& hai ki a@j barf gireg&) |soc{ taara saaecataI hE ik Aaja baf| igaregaI_

Page 95: Doc Hindi learn to speak

HINDI TEACHER for English Speaking People

95

(101) When he saw them his heart started pumping faster. (jab us ne un ko dekha tab us ka dil jor se dhad<akane laga) |dhad<ak jaba qsanae qnakae deSaa taba qsaka idLa jaaer sae ZaDñknae Lagaa_

(102) The heat rises from the month of march. (March mah&ne se garam& bad<hat& hai) |bad<h maaca| mahInae sae garmaI ba$ñtaI hE_

(103) I wanted your help yesterday. (mujhe kal a@p k& madad c{a@hiye th&) |c{a@h mauJae kLa AapakI

madd caaih] YaI_

I would need your help tomorrow. (mujhe kal a@p k& madad c{a@hiye hog&) |c{a@h mauJae kLa

AapakI madd caaih] haegaI_

(104) Like you, everyone likes honesty. (a@p k& tarah sabh& &ma@nada@r& c{a@hate hain[) |c{a@h Aapa

kI tarh saBaI }|maanadarI caahtae hE>_

(105) The bees bring honey from flowers. (madhumakkhiya@n[ fu@lon[ se s{ahad la@t&n[ hain[)[ |bana@ maZaumaiKSayaaã f”Laae> sae oahd LaataI hE>_

(106) He will receive honour. (us ko ma@na milega) |mil qsakae maana imaLaegaa_

(107) Whose is this black horse? (yah ka@la@ ghod<a@ kis ka@ hai) |ho yah kaLaa zaaeDña iksaka hE_

(108) Ra@ja@ won a house. (Ra@ja@ ne maka@n j&ta@) |j&t rajaa nae makana jaItaa_

(109) The ice melts and becomes water. (barf pighalat& hai aur pa@n& banata@ hai, barf pighal kar pa@n& banat& hai) |pighal, |ban baf| ipazaLataI hE AaEr paanaI banataa hE_ baf| ipazaLakr paanaI

banataI hE_

(110) Teya@ forgot to bring the keys. (Teya@ c{a@biya@n[ la@na@ bhu@l gay&) |la@, |bhu@l taeyaa caaibayaaã Laanaa BaULa ga}|_

(110) He is the king of Nepa@l. (vah Nepa@l ka@ ra@ja@ hai) |ho vah naepaaLa ka rajaa hE_

(111) N&ta@ cleans the kitchen every Sunday. (N&ta@ har raviva@r ko raso& sa@f karat& hai) |saf kar naItaa hr rivavaar kae rsaae}| saaf krtaI hE_

(112) People cut vegetables with knife. (log c{a@ku@ se sabjiya@n[ ka@t>ate hain[) |ka@t> Laaega caak” sae

saibjayaaã ka@tae hE>_

(113) The lamp burns in the temple. (mandir men[ d&ya@ jalata@ hai) |jal ma>idr mae> dIyaa jaLataa hE_ (114) Now we can speak Hind& language. (ab ham Hind& bha@s<a@ bol sakate hain[) |bol, |sak Aba

hma ih>dI BaaPaa baaeLa saktae hE>_

Page 96: Doc Hindi learn to speak

HINDI TEACHER for English Speaking People

96

(115) In November they will make new law. (ve Navamber men[ naya@ ka@nu@n bana@en[ge) |bana@ vae nava>bar mae> nayaa kanaUna banaa]ãgae_

(116) Veen<@a and Ma@ra@ are going to become lawyers. (Veen<a@ aur Ma@ra@ vak&l banane wa@l& hain[) |ban vaINaa AaEr maara vakILa bananaevaaLaI hE>_

(117) The leaves will fall from the tree. (ped< se patte giren[ge) |gir paeDñ sae paTae igare>gae_ (118) Laura@ has opened a barber shop. (lora@ ne na@& k& duka@n khol& hai) |khol Laaera nae naa}| kI

dukana SaaeLaI hE_

(119) The lion jumps on animals. (s{er ja@navaron[ par jhapat<ata@ hai) |jhapat< oaer jaanavarae> par Japa@taa hE_

(120) Ratna@kar opened the book of G&ta@. (Ratna@kar ne G&ta@ ki kita@b khol&) |khol rtnaakr nae

gaItaa kI iktaaba SaaeLaI_

(121) Water looks beautiful with the lotus. (pa@n& kamal ke sa@th sundar lagata@ hai) |khil paanaI kmaLa k’ saaYa sau>dr Lagataa hE_

(122) That man will explain us. (vah a@dm& hamen[ samajha@ega@) |samajha@ vah AadmaI hmae>

samaJaa]gaa_

(123) You ate R&na@’s mango. (a@p ne R&na@ ka a@m kha@ya@) |kha@ Aapanae rInaa ka Aama Saayaa_

(124) Please explain it to uncle. (c{a@c{a@ j& ko matalab samajha@iye) |samajha@ caacaajaI kae mataLaba

samaJaa}]_

(125) That black cow gives less milk than that white cow. (vah kal& ga@y us safed ga@y se kam du@dh det& hai) |de vah kaLaI gaaya qsa saf’d gaaya sae kma dUZa detaI hE_

(126) Milkman will bring milk for us. (gwa@la@ hama@re liye du@dh la@ega@) |la@ gvaaLaa hmaare iLa] dUZa Laa]gaa_

(127) Dil&p will give money to Ajay. (Dil&p Ajay ko paise dega@) |de idLaIpa Ajaya kae paEsae degaa_

(128) The monkeys roam in jungles. (bandar jan[galon[ men[ ghu@mate hain[) |ghu@m ba>dr ja>gaLaae> mae> zaUmatae hE>_

(129) The moon shines in the night. (c{and ra@t men[ c{amakata@ hai) |c{amak caaãd rata mae> camaktaa

hE_

Page 97: Doc Hindi learn to speak

HINDI TEACHER for English Speaking People

97

(130) People kill mosquitos. (log mac{c{haron[ ko ma@rate hain[) |ma@r Laaega macCrae> kae maartae hE>_

(131) Mother loves their children. (ma@n[ apane bac{c{on[ ko pya@r karat& hai) |pya@r kar maaã Apanae

baccaae> kae pyaar krtaI hE_

(132) Cats catch mice. (billiya@n[ c{u@hon[ ko pakad<at& hain[) |pakad< ibaiLLayaaã caUhae> kae pakDñtaI hE>_

(133) Shobha@ has seen this novel. (Shobha@ ne is upanya@s ko dekha@ hai) |dekh oaaeBaa nae }sa qpanyaasa kae deSaa hE_ Shobha@ has seen a novel like this. (Shobha@ ne aisa@ upanya@s dekha@ hai) |dekh oaaeBaa nae ]esaa qpanyaasa deSaa hE_

(134) Today the office will remain[ closed. (a@j ka@rya@lay band rahega) |band< |rah Aaja kayaa|Laya

ba>d rhegaa_

(135) He was frying onions in the frying pan. (vah kad<a@h& men[ pya@j tala raha@ tha@) |tal vah kDñahI ma>e pyaaja taLa rha Yaa_

(136) Suresh has given his opinion. (Suresh ne apan& ra@y d& hai) |de saureoa nae ApanaI raya dI hE_

Suresh had given his opinion. (Suresh ne apan& ra@y d& th&) |de saureoa nae ApanaI raya dI YaI_

(137) Mona@ had bought oranges in Nagpur. (Mona@ ne Nagpur men[ santare khar&de the) |khar&d maaenaa nae naagapaur mae> sa>tare SarIde Yae_

(138) The ox works in the field. (bail khet jotata@ hai) |jot baELa Saeta jaaetataa hE_ (139) Anita@ comes by train to Mumba&. (Anita@ ga@d<& se Mumba& a@t& hai) |a@ Ainataa gaaDñI sae mau>ba}|

AataI hE_

(140) This parrot speaks in the morning. (yah tota@ savere bolata@ hai) |bol yah taaetaa savaere baaeLataa hE_

(141) A peacock dances in the evening. (ek mor s{a@m ko na@c{ata@ hai) |na@c{ ]k maaer oaama kae

naacataa hE_

(142) Rekha@ draws her own picture. (Rekha@ apana@ c{itra bana@t& hai) |bana@ reSaa Apanaa ica%a

banaataI hE_

(143) In India pigs are black. (Bha@rat men[ su@ar ka@le hote hain[) |ho Baarta mae> saUAr kaLae haetae hE>_

(144) The pigeons fly in the sky. (kabu@tar a@ka@s{ men[ ud<ate hain[) |ud< kbaUtar Aakaoa mae> qDñtae hE>_

Page 98: Doc Hindi learn to speak

HINDI TEACHER for English Speaking People

98

(145) The plants grow well where there is water and light. (jaha@n[ pa@n& aur ros{an& hai vaha@n[ paudhe ac{c{h& tarah bad<hate hain[) |bad<h jahaã paanaI AaEr raeoanaI hE vahaã paaEZae AcCI tarh ba$ñtae

hE>_

(146) The dish fell down and broke. (tha@l& n&c{e gir& aur t>u@t>&) |t>u@t> YaaLaI naIcae igarI AaEr @U@I_

(147) The poet has written several poems. (kavi ne ka& kavita@en[ likh& hain[) |likh kiva nae k}|

kivataa]ã iLaSaI hE>_

(148) The police used to come here. (pulis yaha@n[ a@ya@ karat& th&) |a@ pauiLasa yahaã Aayaa krtaI YaI_

(pulis yaha@n[ a@t& th&) pauiLasa yahaã AataI YaI_

(149) Postman did not bring mail today. (d<a@kiya@ a@j d<a@k nah&n[ la@ya@ ) |la@ Daikyaa Aaja Dak nahI>

Laayaa_

(150) The pot is filled with hot water. (baratan garam pa@n& se bhara@ hai) |bhar bartana garma paanaI sae Bara hE_

(151) Rana@ has peels the potatoes. (Ra@na@ ne a@lu@ c{h&le hain[) |c{h&l ranaa nae AaLaU CILae hE>_

(152) The prices of everything are rising. (sab ch&jon[ ke da@m bad<h rahe@ hain[) |bad<h saba caIjaae> k’ dama ba$ñ rhe hE>_ (sabh& ch&jon[ k& k&maten[ bad<ha rah& hain[) saBaI caIjaae> kI kImatae> ba$ñ rhI

hE>_

(153) Police had to punish him. (pulis ko use saja@ den& pad<& th&) |saja@ de pauiLasa kae qsae sajaa

denaI paDñI YaI_

(154) I have seen the rabbits eating grass. (Main[ ne kharagos{on[ ko gha@s kha@te hue dekha@ hai) |kha@, |dekh maE>nae Sargaaeoaae> kae zaasa Saatae hu] deSaa hE_

(155) David burnt the rice while cooking. (David ne paka@te hue c{a@wal jala@ye) |paka@, |jala@ DeivaD nae pakatae hu] caavaLa jaLaa]_

(156) The river flows down from the mountains. (nad& pahad<on[ se n&c{e k& or bahat& hai) |bah nadI pahaDñae> sae naIcae kI Aaer bahtaI hE_

(157) Tony never cleans his room. (Tony apana@ kamara@ kabh& bh& sa@f nah&n[ karata@ hai) |sa@f kar @aenaI Apanaa kmara kBaI BaI saaf nahI> krtaa hE_

(158) The roses are red. (gula@b la@l hote hain)[ |ho gauLaaba LaaLa haetae hE>_

Page 99: Doc Hindi learn to speak

HINDI TEACHER for English Speaking People

99

(159) The servant works hard. (naukar bahut ka@m karata@ hai) |ka@m kar naaEkr bahuta kama krtaa

hE_

(160) Dev washes his shirt. (Dev apan& patlu@n dhota@ hai) |dho deva ApanaI pataLaUna Zaaetaa hE_

(161) Paul wears shoes or sandals. (Paul ju@te ya@ c{appal pahanata@ hai) |pahan paaâLa jaUtae yaa cappaLa pahnataa hE_

(162) Today the shop has opened after a long time. (a@j duka@n lambe samay ke ba@d khul& hai) |khul Aaja dukana La>bae samaya k’ baad SauLaI hE_

(163) Neeta@ called Baby on her birthday. (Neeta@ ne Baby ko apane janmadin par bula@ya@) |bula@ naItaa nae baebaI kae Apanae janmaidna par bauLaayaa_

(164) My sister knows this very well. (Mer& d&d& yah ac{c{h& tarah se ja@nat& hai) |ja@n maerI dIdI yah AcCI tarh sae jaanataI hE_

(165) Munny has worn wet socks. (Munny ne g&le moje pahane hain[) |pahan mau²I nae gaIle maaejae

pahnae hE>_

(166) Then we will be listening your sound on phone. (tab ham a@p k& a@wa@j phon par sun rahe hon[ge) |sun taba hma AapakI Aavaaja faena par sauna rhe hae>gae_

(167) The sparrows eat worms and seeds. (c{id<iya@en[ b&j aur k&d<e kha@t& hain[) kha@ icaiDñyaa]ã baIja AaEr kIDñe SaataI hE>_

(168) The stars shine at midnight. (ta@re a@dh& ra@t men[ c{amakate hain[) |c{amak taare AaZaI rata mae>

camaktae hE>_

(169) We are listening the story of Ra@ma@yan>. (ham Ra@ma@yan< k& katha@ sun rahe hain[) |sun hma ramaayaNa kI kYaa sauna rhe hE>_

(170) Student must attain success. (vidya@rth& ko yas{ pa@na@ c{a@hiye) |pa@ iva^aYaI| kae yaoa paanaa

caaih]_

(171) Sun rises in the East. (su@raj pu@rv dis{a@ men[ ugata@ hai) |udit ho saUrja paUva| idoaa mae> qgataa hE_ (172) Jerry has made tea for four people. (Jerry ne c{a@r logon[ ke liye c{ay bana@y& hai) |bana@

jaerI nae caar Laaegaae> k’ iLa] caaya banaa}| hE_

(173) Prabha@t wears hat sometimes. (Prabha@t kabh&-kabh& t<op& pahanata@ hai) |bana@ paRBaata kBaI-kBaI @aepaI pahnataa hE_

Page 100: Doc Hindi learn to speak

HINDI TEACHER for English Speaking People

100

(174) Kapil wants to learn Sanskrit. (Kapil Sam<skrit s&khana@ c{a@hata@ hai) |s&kh kipaLa sa>s×ta

saISanaa caahtaa hE_

(175) Indira@ publishes a news paper. (Indira@ akhaba@r praka@shit karat& hai) |praka@shit kar }>idra ASabaar paRkaioata krtaI hE_

(176) Atul mails letters. (Atul patra bhejata@ hai) |bhej Ataul pa%a Baejataa hE_

(177) Ajay will cook the food. (Ajay kha@na@ paka@ega@) |paka@ Ajaya Saanaa paka]gaa_

(178) The teacher teaches Sanskrit on Sundays. (s{iks<ak raviva@r ko Sam[skr>t pad<ha@te hain[) |pad<ha@ ioaxak rivavaar kae sa>s×ta pa$ñatae hE>_

(179) They give thanks to all of us. (ve ham sab ko dhanyava@d dete hain[) |de vae hma sabakae

Zanyavaad detae hE>_

(180) The thief ran away when he came. (jab vah a@ya@ tab c{or bha@g gaya@) |a@, |bha@g jaba vah Aayaa taba caaer Baaga gayaa_

(181) I will tell you one thing and then I will give you one thing. (main{ a@p ko ek ba@t bata@u@n[ga@ aur fir main[ a@p ko ek c{&j du@n[ga@) |de maE> Aapakae ]k baata bataaQãgaa AaEr ifr Aapakae ]k caIja

dUãgaa_

(182) Tiger hunts in the jungle. (s{er jan[gal men[ s{ika@r karata@ hai) |s{&ka@r kar oaer ja>gaLa mae> ioakar krtaa hE_

(183) Dolly boils tomatos. (Dolly t>ama@t>ar uba@lat& hai) |uba@l DaâLaI @maa@r qbaaLataI hE_ (184) The towel is drying with the rest of the clothes. (tauliya@ anya kapad<on[ ke sa@th su@kha

raha@ hai) |su@kh taaEiLayaa Anya kapaDñae> k’ saaYa saUSa rha hE_

(185) The kid was playing with a toy. (bac}c}a@ khilaune ke sa@th khel raha@ tha@) |khel baccaa iSaLaaEnae k’ saaYa SaeLa rha Yaa_

(186) This is false. (yah sac{ nah&n[ hai, yah jhu@t>h hai) |ho yah saca nahI> hE, yah JaU# hE_ (187) The clothes are washed by him. (kapad<e us ke dva@ra@ (us se) dhoye gaye hain[) |dho kpaDñe

qsak’ Vara (qsasae) Zaae] ga] hE>_

(188) Let the water boil. (pa@n& ko ubalane d&jiye) |ubal paanaI kae qbaLanae dIija]_

(189) The hot wind is blowing. (garam hava@ baha rah& hai) |bah garma hvaa bah rhI hE_

Page 101: Doc Hindi learn to speak

HINDI TEACHER for English Speaking People

101

(190) Someone has left the window open. (kis& ne khid<ak& khul& c{hod<& hai) |khul, |c{hod< iksaI

nae iSaDñkI SauLaI CaeDñI hE_

(191) He burns the wood. (vah lakad<& jala@ta@ hai) |jala@ vah LakDñI jaLaataa hE_

(192) I do want to work. (main[ ka@m karana@ c{a@hata@ hu@n)[ |karana@ c{a@h maE> kama krnaa caahtaa hUã_

(193) She gave a reply. (us ne jawa@b diya@) |de qsanae javaaba idyaa_ (194) He has made an attempt. (us ne yatna kiya@ hai) |yatna kar qsanae yatna ikyaa hE_ (us ne

kos{is{ k& hai) |kos{is{ kar qsanae kaeioaoa kI hE_

(195) Should he stays here. (kya@ vah yaha@n[ rahe?) |rah Kyaa vah yahaã rhe?

(196) Why did chiken cross the road? (murag& ne rasta@ kyon[ pa@r kiya@?) |pa@r kar maurgaI nae rastaa Kyaae> paar ikyaa?

(197) She forgot the story. (vah katha@-kaha@n& bhu@l&) |bhu@l vah kYaa-khanaI BaULaI_

(198) You have glued the papers. (a@p ne ka@gaz c{ipaka@ye hain[) |c{ipaka@ Aapanae kagaja icapaka]

hE>_

(199) Ra@m meets his friend. (Ra@m apane dost se milata@ hai) |mil rama Apanae daesta sae imaLataa hE_

(200) They sometimes tell stories. (ve kabh&-kabh& kaha@niya@n[ suna@te hain[) |suna@ vae kBaI-kBaI

khainayaaã saunaatae hE>_

CONVERSATION : ROLE PLAYS

baatacaIta

1. Can you recommend us a good restaurant? (kya@ a@p hamen[ ko& ac{c{ha@ sa@ restara@n[-bhojana@laya

bata@ sakate hain[?) Kyaa Aapa hmae> kae}| AcCa saa restaraã (BaaejanaaLaya) bataa saktae hE>?

2. Is there any vegetarian (or non-vegetarian, Chinese, Italian) restaurant near here? (yaha@n[ najad&k ko& s{a@ka@ha@r&-ma@m[sa@ha@r&-c{&n&-italian- restara@n[ hai?) yahaã najadIk mae> kae}| oaakaharI

(maa>saaharI, caInaI, }@aiLayana) restaraã hE?

3. How do we get there? (vaha@n[ kaise pahun~c{ate hain[?) vahaã k“sae pahuãcatae hE>?

Page 102: Doc Hindi learn to speak

HINDI TEACHER for English Speaking People

102

5. Hello, I would like to reserve a table for tomorrow 7pm for four please (Hello! main[ kal s{a@m sa@t baje ke liye, c{a@r logon[ ke liye mej a@raks<it karana@) c{a@hata@ hu@n[ heLaae jaI! maE> kLa oaama saata

bajae k’ iLa] caar Laaegaae> k’ iLa] maeja Aarixata krnaa caahtaa hUã_

6. Where would you like to sit? (a@p kaha@n[ bait>hana@ c{a@hen[ge?) Aapa khaã baE#naa caahe>gae? Over there,

in non-smoking section (vaha@n[, dhu@mrapa@n nis<edha bha@ga men[) vahaã, ZaUmaRpaana inaPaeZa Baaga mae>_ 7. May I take your order please? (kya@ main[ a@p ka@ order le sakata@ hu@n[?) Kyaa maE> Aapaka Aadeoa Lae

saktaa hUã?

8. What would you like to drink? (a@p kya@ p&na@ c{a@hen[ge?) Aapa Kyaa paInaa caahe>gae?

9. Enjoy your meals. (bhojan ka@ a@nand l&jiye) Baaejana ka Aana>d LaIija]_

10. Thank you! (dhanyava@d!) Zanyavaad!

1. Which is a decent motel in Kingstone? (Kin[gstone men[ ac{c{ha@ motel kaun sa@ hai?) ik>gas@na mae>

AcCa maae@La kaEna saa kaEna saa hE?

2. How far is it from downtown? (vah s{ahar se kitana@ du@r hai?) vah oahr sae iktanaa dUr hE?

3. How much is the rent for one night for a room? (ek ra@t ke liye kamare ka@ kira@ya@ kitana@ hai?) ]k rata k’ iLa] kmare ka ikrayaa iktanaa hE?

4. Do you have a cheaper room? (kya@ a@p ke pa@s aur sasta@ kamara@ hai?) Kyaa Aapak’ paasa AaEr sastaa

kmara hE?

5. Will there be a TV, fan and phone in the room? (kya@ kamare men[ TV, pan[kha@ aur phone hoga@?) Kyaa kmare mae> @IvaI, pa>Saa AaEr faena haegaa?

6. Can I first see the room please? (kya@ main[ pahale kamara@ dekh sakata@ hu@n[?) Kyaa maE> pahLae kmara

deSa saktaa hUã? That's fine. (t>h&k hai) #Ik hE_

1. Is there any train going to Bana@ras from here? (yaha@n[ se Bana@ras ke liye ko& relaga@d<& hai?) yahaã sae banaarsa k’ iLa] kae}| reLagaaDñI hE?

2. How long does it take to reach Bana@ras? (Bana@ras pahuc{ane men[ kitana@ samay lagata@ hai?) banaarsa pahuãcanae mae> iktanaa samaya Lagataa hE?

Page 103: Doc Hindi learn to speak

HINDI TEACHER for English Speaking People

103

3. Can I leave my car at the station? (kya@ main[ apan& ka@r station par c{hod< sakata@ hu@n[?) Kyaa maE> ApanaI kar-gaaDñI s@eoana par (reLa ADDe par) CaeDñ saktaa hUã?

4. How much baggage can we carry? (ham kitana@ sa@ma@n le sakate hain[) hma iktanaa saamaana Lae

saktae hE>_

5. What is the price (how much does it cost) for a round trip? (donon[ or k& ya@tra@ ka@ kira@ya@ kitana@ hai?) daenaae> Aaer kI yaa%aa ka ikrayaa iktanaa hE?

6. Is there any discount for senior citizens (children, students)? (kya@ bujurg logon[, bac{c{on[, c{ha@tron[ ke liye ko& c{hu@t> hai?) Kyaa baujauga| Laaegaae>, baccaae>, Ca%aae> k’ iLa] kae}| CU@ hE?

7. Can I get a window seat please? (kya@ mujhe khid<ak& wa@l& kuras& mil sakat& hai?) Kyaa mauJae iSaDñkIvaaLaI kÖrsaI imaLa saktaI hE?

8. Is this an express train (bus)? (kya@ yah dr<taga@m& ga@d<& hai?) Kyaa yah dRutagaamaI gaaDñI hE?

9. What is the eating arrangement on the train? (ga@d<& men[ kha@ne k& kya@ vyavastha@ hai?) gaaDñI mae> Saanae kI Kyaa vyavasYaa hE?

10. When does the last train (bus) leave? (a@khir& ga@d<& kab ja@t& hai?) AaiSarI gaaDñI kba jaataI hE?

1. Where will I get a car on rent? (Mujhe kira@ye par ga@d<& kaha@n[ mileg&?) mauJae ikra] par gaaDñI khaã

imaLaegaI?

2. I would like to rent a small car. (Main[ ek c{hot>& ga@d<& kira@ye par lena@ c{a@hata@ hu@n[) maE> ]k Cae@I

gaaDñI ikra] par Laenaa caahtaa hUã_

3. Is it air conditioned? (kya@ yah va@ta@nuku@lit hai?) Kyaa yah vaataanauk”iLata hE?

4. I need it for a day. (mujhe yah ek din ke liye c{a@hiye) mauJae yah ]k idna k’ iLa] caaih]_

5. What sort of fuel does it take? (yah kaunasa@ &n[dhan let& hai?) yah kaEna saa }|>Zana LaetaI hE?

6. Do I need a separate insurance? (kya@ mujhe alag se b&ma@ lena@ hoga?) Kyaa mauJae ALaga sae baImaa

Laenaa haegaa?

7. Can I return the car in New York? (kya@ main[ ga@d<& ko New York main[ va@pas kar sakata@ hu@n[?) Kyaa maE> gaaDñI kae nyaUyaaâk– mae> vaapasa kr saktaa hUã?

Page 104: Doc Hindi learn to speak

HINDI TEACHER for English Speaking People

104

8. Please give me the address for that place. (Kr<paya@ mujhe us jagah ka@ pata@ d&jiye) ×payaa mauJae

qsa jagah ka pataa dIija]_

9. Thank you Sir! (dhanyava@d sa@hab!) Zanyavaad saahba_ 10. See you again. (fir milen[ge) ifr imaLae>gae_

1. Fill it up, please (Kr<paya@ pu@r& t<ank& bhar d&jiye) ×payaa paUrI @>kI Bar dIija]_

2. Please check the oil too. (aur tel bh& dekh l&jiyae) AaEr taeLa BaI deSa LaIija]_

3. No, Thanks. I do not want car wash today. (J& nah&n[, dhanyava@d! a@j ga@d<& nah&n[ dhulawa@n& hai) jaI nahI>, Zanyavaad_ Aaja gaaDñI nahI> ZauLavaanaI hE_

4. Please clean the car windows also. (kr<paya@ a@p ga@d<& ke s{&s{e bh& sa@f kar d&jiye) ×payaa Aapa gaaDñI

k’ oaIoae BaI saaf kr dIija]_

5. Also give us a case of Coca Cola also. (Koka@ Kola@ k& ek pet>& bh& hamen[ d&jiye) kaeka kaeLaa kI

]k pae@I BaI hmae> dIija]_

6. Please sigh here. (kr<paya@ yaha@n[ hasta@ks<ar d&jiye) ×payaa yahaã hstaaxar dIija]_ Here is your

receipt and your Visa card (yah rah& a@pak& ras&d aur yah raha@ a@paka@ VISA card. yah rhI AapakI rsaId AaEr yah rha Aapaka vaIjaa kaD|_

7. Should I keep the Coke at the back? (kya@ main[ Coke p&c{he rakh du@n[?) Kyaa maE> kaek paICe rSa

dUã? Yes, please. (j& ha@n[) jaI, haã_ 8. Thank you! dhanyava@d! (s{ukriya@!) Zanyavaad! (oauiÛyaa!)

9. Please dirve carefully. (kr<paya@ ga@d<& sa@vadha@n& se c{ala@en[) ×payaa gaaDñI saavaZaanaI sae caLaa]ã_

SHORT ESSAYS THE HORSE

Aova

Aova kae zaaeDña BaI khtae hE>_ yah ]k ivanaIta paoau hE_ (as{va ko ghod<a@ bh& kahate hain[. yah ek vin&ta

pas{u hai) Horse is also called ghod<a@. Horse is a disciplined animal. yah gaaya kI tarh ]k qpayaaegaI

Page 105: Doc Hindi learn to speak

HINDI TEACHER for English Speaking People

105

jaanavar hE_ (yah ga@y k& tarah ek upayog& ja@navar hai) He is a useful animal like a cow. gaaya AaEr

zaaeDñe mae> Kyaa Baed haetaa hE? (ga@y aur ghod<e men[ kya@ bhed hota@ hai?) What is the difference between

a cow and a horse. zaaeDñe k’ dae saI>ga nahI> haetae hE>_ (ghod<e ke do s&n[g nah&n[ hote hain[) Horse does

not have two horns. qsakI gardna par La>bae ]va> zanae baaLa haetae hE>_ (us k& garadan par lambe evam[ ghane ba@l hote hain[) His neck has a hairy mane. gaaya k’ Saur dae ihssaae> mae> baã@e haetae hE>, zaaeDeñ k’ Saur

qsa tarh nahI> haetae hE>_ (ga@y ke khur do hisson[ men[ ban[t>e hote hain[, ghod<e ke khur us tarah nah&n[ hote hain[) Cow's hoof is divided into two halves, but not the horse's. }sa karNa Aova taeja Baaga

saktaa hE_ (is ka@ran< as{va tej bha@g sakata@ hai) Therefore, the horse runs faster. vah baLavaana` BaI haetaa

hE_ (vah balava@n bh& hota@ hai) He is strong too.

Aova cataur paoau haetaa hE_ (as{va c{atur pas{u hota@ hai) The horse is a smart animal. Laaega qsapar

savaarI (AaraehNa) krtae hE>_ (log us par sava@r& karate hain[) People ride him. vae qsakI paI# par baE#kr

yaa%aa krtae hE>_ (ve us k& p&t>h par bait>h kar ya@tra@ karate hain[) They travel sitting on his back. vah

manauPya ka ]k AcCa ima%a haetaa hE_ (vah manus<ya ka@ ek ac{c{ha@ mitra hota@ hai) He is a good friend

of human beings. paRacaIna kaLa mae> rajaa Laaega }sae yau& k’ kama mae> Laatae Yae_ (pra@c{&n ka@l men[ ra@ja@ log ise yuddha ke ka@m men[ la@te the) In old days kings were using horse in the battles. iksaI kiva nae kha

hE : (kis& kavi ne kaha@ hai) A poet has said : "Aova ijasaka ivajaya qsakI, ijasaka Aova ZartaI qsakI_

Aova ijasaka yaoa qsaka, ijasaka Aova saaenaa qsaka_" ‘as{va jis ka@ vijay us k&, jis ka@ as{va dharat& us k&,

as{va jis ka@ yas{a us ka@, jis ka@ as{va sona@ us ka@. Victory is his who has horse,

who has horse on land he has hold, Success is his who has horse,

who has horse his is gold.

THE SUN

Page 106: Doc Hindi learn to speak

HINDI TEACHER for English Speaking People

106

saUya|

saUya| gagana ka ]k ALa>kar hE_ qsaka qdya paUva| kI idoaa mae> haetaa hE_ qsa samaya qsaka paRkaoa LaaLa

]va> kaemaLa haetaa hE_ qBartaa huAa saUya| A>Zakar kae naP@ krtaa hE, paRaiNayaae> kae jagaataa hE AaEr f”Laae> kae

iSaLaataa hE_ ZaIre-ZaIre ba$ñtaa huAa saUya| jaba Aakaoa k’ maZya mae> Aataa hE taba maZyaaÈ haetaa hE_ maZyaaÈ mae> ZaUpa

taISaI haetaI hE_ yahaã sae saUya| Ûmaoa: paiocama idoaa kI Aaer naIcae qtartaa huAa idSaa}| detaa hE_ AaEr A>ta mae>

saUya| paiocama idoaa mae> DUba jaataa hE_

The sun is an adornment of the sky. It rises in the East. At this time its light is red and soft. The rising sun destroys the darkness, wakes the animals up and blooms the flowers. Marching up gradually when the sun reaches at the center of the sky then becomes noon. At noon the sunlight is hard. From here, the sun gradually comes down to the West, and eventually the sun sets in the West. saUya| svaya> hI paRkaoamaana haetaa hE_ saUya| ka paRkaoa paUrI sa\iP@ kae paRkaioata krtaa hE_ saUya| jagata` kae qPNataa

detaa hE_ saUya| k’ samaana Anya kÖC BaI taejasvaI nahI> haetaa hE_

The sun shines by itself. The sunlight shines entire universe. The sun gives warmth to the world. There is nothing as brilliant as the sun.

THE Hind& WORLD ih>dI jagata`

ih>dI k’vaLa Baarta kI hI BaaPaa nahI> hE_ (Hind& kewal Bha@rat k& h& bha@s<a@ nah&n[ hai) Hind& is not the

language of India only. ih>dI ivaova mae> saBaI deoaae> mae> kmaaebaeoa baaeLaI jaataI hE_ (Hind& vis{va men[ sabh& des{on[ men[ kamobes{ bol& ja@t& hai) Hind& is spoken more or less in the entire world. gauyaanaa,

i@¼inaDaD, saUrInaama AaEr fIjaI mae> taae ih>dI ka ivaoaePa mahTva hE_ (Guyana@, Trinida@d, Su@r&nam aur Fij& men[ to Hind& ka@ vis{es< mahattva hai) In Guyana, Trinidad, Surinam and Fiji the Hind& language

Page 107: Doc Hindi learn to speak

HINDI TEACHER for English Speaking People

107

has special importance. }saiLa] }na caarae> deoaae> k’ baare mae> hmae> jaanakarI haenaI Aavaoyak hE_ (is liye in c{a@ron[ des{on ke ba@re men[ hamen[ ja@naka@r& hon& a@vas{yak hai) Therefore, it is important that we know about these countries.

kaeLa>basa jaba Amaeirka pahuãcae taae qnhae>nae samaJaa ik vae }>iDyaa pahuãcae hE>_ qnak’ khnae par hI vahaã k’ paUva|

Laaegaae> kae ‘}>iDyana’ naama imaLaa_ (Kolambas jab Amerika@ pahun~c{e to unhon[ ne samajha@ ki ve India pahun~c{e hain[. un ke kahane par h& vaha@n[ ke pu@rva logon[ ko ‘Indian’ na@m mila@) When Columbus reached America, he thought that it was India, from his dicsovery the original people of America became known as ‘Indians.’

kaeLa>basa k’ baad sana 1500 mae> vaespaucaI vaes@ }>DIja pahuãcae taba qnhae>nae BaI samaJaa ik vae ]ioayaa k’ paUvaI|

iknaare sae }>iDyaa kI Aaer jaa rhe hE>_ (Kolambas ke ba@d san 1500 men[ vespuc{& west ind<&j pahun~c{e tab unhon[ ne bh& samajha@ ki ve es{iya@ ke pu@rv& kina@re se India k& or ja@ rahe hain[) After Columbus, Vespucci travelled to West Indies in 1500 AD. He thought that he was at the east coast of Asia and he was going towards India. qnhae>nae gauyaanaa AaEr vaes@ }>DIja k’ Laaegaae> kae ih>dustaanaI samaJaa_ (unhon[ ne Guya@na@ aur West Ind<&j ke logon[ ko hindusta@n& samajha@) They thought the people of Guyana and West Indies were Indian people.

vaes@ }>DIja A@Laa>i@k mahasaagar mae> DUbaI hu}| k“iribayana ]>DIja pava|ta Oa\>SaLaa kI Qpar q#I hu}| caaei@yaaã

hE>_ (West Ind<&j at>ala@nt>ik maha@sa@gar men[ du@b& hu& Caribbean Andese parvat s{r<ankhala@ k& u@par ut>h& hu& c{ot>iya@n[ hain[) The West Indies are the peaks of semi-submerged chain[ of Caribbean Andese mountain. ]k samaya vae dixaNa AaEr qTarI Amaeirka kae jaaeDñtaI YaI>_ (ek samay ve daks<in<a aur uttar& amerika@ ko jod<at& th&n[) at one time they connected the South America to the North America. }namae> KyaUbaa sae Laekr bahamaasa, jamaEka, hE@I, Daeimainakna irpaibLak, par@aeirkae AaEr i@¼inaDaD tak

saBaI deoa Aatae hE>_ (in men[ Cu@ba@ se le kar Baha@ma@s, Jamaica@, Haiti, Dominican Republic, Puerto Rico aur Trinida@d tak sabh& des{a a@te hain[) In it comes all countries from Cuba, Bahamas, Jamaica, Haiti, Dominican republic, Puerto Rico to Trinidad. gauyaanaa AaEr saUrInaama dixaNa Amaeirka mae>

Page 108: Doc Hindi learn to speak

HINDI TEACHER for English Speaking People

108

Aatae hE>_ (Guya@na@ aur Su@r&na@m daks<in< amerika@ men[ a@te hain[) Guyana and Surinam are in the

South America.

ifjaI deoa Aaâs@¼eiLayaa k’ paUva| mae> AaEr nyaUjaILaE>D k’ qTar mae> hE_ (Fij& des{ Australlia ke pu@rva men[ aur New Zealand ke uttar men[ hai) Fiji is on the east of Australia and North of New Zealand.

fIjaI kI mauSya BaaPaa A>gaRejaI hE AaEr dUsarI BaaPaa ih>dI hE_ (f&j& k& mukhya bha@s<a@ angrez& aur du@sar& bha@s<a@ hind& hai) In fiji the main[ language is English and the second language is Hind& .

THE GOLDEN RULE sauvaNa| isa&a>ta

(1) dUsarae> k’ saaYa vah nahI> krnaa caaih], jaae yaid Aapak’ saaYa ikyaa jaaya taae Aapakae du:Sa hae_ yahI Zama|

ka sauvaNa| isa&a>ta hE_

Do naught unto others which would cause pain if done to you. This is the Golden Rule of the righteousness.

(Maha@bha@rat : Hinduism)

(2) Aapa caahtae hE> ik Laaega jaae BaI vyavahar Aapak’ saaYa kre>,

vahI Laaegaae> k’ saaYa Aapa kre>_

All things, therefore, whatsoever ye would that men should do to you.

(Bible : Christianity)

(3) dUsarae> k’ paRita vahI bartaava AcCa hE jaae hmae> qsa caIja sae dUr rSae_ jaae caIja svaya> hmaare iLa] qicata na

hae_

That nature alone is not good which refrains one from doing unto others whatsoever is not good for itself. (Dadistan : Zoroastrianism)

Page 109: Doc Hindi learn to speak

HINDI TEACHER for English Speaking People

109

(4) jaae vyavahar Aapak’ iLa] du:Sadayak hE, vah Aapa Apanae saaiYayaae> k’ saaYa na kre>_

What ia hateful to you, do not to your fellowmen. (Talmud : Judaism)

(5) dUsarae> k’ saaYa vah kama na kre> jaae svata: k’ iLa] du:Sa dayak Lagataa hae_

Act not with others in ways that you yourself would find hurtful.

(Udana : Buddhism)

(6) dUsarae> k’ saaYa vah na kre> jaae Aapa caahtae hE> ik vae Aapak’ saaYa na kre>_

Do not unto others that you would not have them do unto you.

(Analects : Confucianiasm)

(7) paDñaesaI k’ LaaBa mae> hI Apanaa LaaBa jaaina] AaEr paDñaesaI kI haina mae> ApanaI haina jaaina]_

Regard your neighbour's gain as your own gain and your neighbour's loss as your own loss.

(Tai Shan Kan : Taoism)

EDITING

oaui&krNa

EXERCISE : Study the following incorrect sentences given on the LEFT side, and try to correct them on your own. (If you want to check your work or need help, see the answers given in the brackets on the RIGHT side)

1. Ham ka@m karata@ hai hma kama krtaa hE_ (maE> kama krtaa hUã, hma kama krtae hE>, hma kama krtaI hE>_)

Page 110: Doc Hindi learn to speak

HINDI TEACHER for English Speaking People

110

2. Mere ko pa@n& c{a@hiye. maere kae paanaI caaih]_ (mauJae paanaI caaih]_)

3. Main[ ne ka@m kar liya@ ha&. ma>Enae> kama kr iLayaa hE_ (maE>nae kama kr iLayaa hE_)

4. Main[ ne ka@m kara@ hai. maE>nae> kama kra hE_ (maE>nae kama ikyaa hE_)

5. Hamne ka@m kar liya@ hai. hmanae> kama kr iLayaa hE_ (hmanae kama kr iLayaa hE_

6. Main[ ne yah patra nah& pad<hana@. maE>nae yah pa%a nahI pa$ñnaa_ (mauJae yah pa%a nahI> pa$ñnaa caahtaa_) 7. Mere ma@ta@j& Rangoon gaye hue hain[. maere maataajaI r>gaUna ga] hu] hE>_ (maerI maataajaI r>gaUna ga}| hu}| hE>_) 8. Main[ ne Ra@m ko kaha@. maE>nae rama kae kha_ (maE>nae rama sae kha_)

9. ‡j se a@p yah ka@m kar&ye. Aaja sae Aapa yah kama kir]_ (Aaja sae Aapa yah kama kIija]_)

10. ‡p kya@ kha@oge? Aapa Kyaa SaaAaegae? (Aapa Kyaa Saa]ãgae, Aapa Kyaa Saa]ãgaI?)

11. Ac{c{h& lad<akiya@n[ pad<hat&n[ hai. AcCI LaDñikyaaã pa$ñtaI> hE_ (AcCI LaDñikyaaã pa$ñtaI hE>_)

12. Vis{a@l k& bahin pad<hat& hain[. ivaoaaLa kI baihna pa$ñtaI hE>_ (ivaoaaLa kI bahnae> pa$ñtaI hE>_ ivaoaaLa kI

bahna pa$ñtaI hE_)

13. Tum kya@ kha@ta@ hai? tauma Kyaa Saataa hE>? (Aapa Kyaa Saatae hE>? Aapa Kyaa SaataI hE>? tauma Kyaa Saatae hae?)

14. ‡p kya@ dekh raha@ hain[? Aapa Kyaa deSa rha hE>? (Aapa Kyaa deSa rhe hE>? Aapa Kyaa deSa rhI hE>?)

15. C}a@c{&j& abh& a@p ko dekh rahe the. caacaIjaI ABaI Aapa kae deSa rhe Yae_ (caacaIjaI ABaI Aapakae deSa

rhI YaI_)

16. Ba@bu@ se kha@na@ la@ne ko bolo. baabaU sae Saanaa Laanae kae baaeLaae_ (baabaU sae Saanaa Laanae k’ iLa] kih]_)

17. Main[ kha@na@ kha@ya@. maE> Saanaa Saayaa_ (maE>nae Saanaa Saayaa_) 18. Bahut din se a@p nah&n[ mile. bahuta idna sae Aapa nahI> imaLae_ (bahuta idnaae> sae Aapa nahI> imaLae_ bahuta idnaae>

sae Aapa nahI> imaLaI_)

19. Main[ ne tereku kal bol diya@ tha@. maE>nae taerekÖ kLa baaeLa idyaa Yaa_ (maE>nae taumasae kLa kh idyaa Yaa_ maE>nae

Aapasae kLa kh idyaa Yaa_)

20. Vah Cairo ja@ rah& hain[. vah k“rae jaa rhI hE>_ (vah k“rae jaa rhI hE_)

21. Ve Bana@ras ja@ rah& hai. vae banaarsa jaa rhI hE_ (vae banaarsa jaa rhI hE>_) 22. Main[ tab Patel Nagar ja rah& hog&. maE> taba pa@La nagar jaa rhI haegaI_ (maE> taba pa@eLa nagar jaa rhI

haeQãgaI_)

23. Ham parason[ Dill& ja@ rah& hog&. hma parsaae> idLLaI jaa rhI haegaI_ (hma parsaae> idLLaI jaa]ã>gaI_

Page 111: Doc Hindi learn to speak

HINDI TEACHER for English Speaking People

111

24. S&ta@ savere ko ghar ja@ rah& th&. saItaa savaere kae zar jaa rhI YaI_ (saItaa savaere zar jaa rhI YaI_)

25. Sun&l kal ba@ja@r ko gaya@ tha@. saunaILa kLa baajaar kae gayaa Yaa_ (saunaILa kLa baajaar gayaa Yaa_)

26. Sabh& kapad<e dhoye hain[. saBaI kpaDñe Zaae] hE>_ (saBaI Laaegaae> nae kpaDñe Zaae] hE>, saBaI kpaDñe Zaae] hu] hE>,

saBaI kpaDñe ZauLae hE>_)

27. ‡sha@ kal khu@b n&n[d l&. Aaoaa kLa SaUba naI>d LaI_ (Aaoaa nae kLa SaUba naI>d LaI, Aaoaa kLa saUba saae}|_)

28. Yah hamara@ ghar hai. yah hmara zar hE_ (yah hmaara zar hE_) 29. Hama@re t&non[ c{a@c{e c{ale gaye. hmaare taInaae> caacae caLae ga]_ (hmaare taInaae> caacaa caLae ga]_) 30. Neil bahot ka@m karata@ hai. naILa bahaeta kama krtaa hE_ (naILa bahuta kama krtaa hE_)

31. Jim ke tarah ko& bh& nah&n[ hai. ijama k’ tarh kae}| BaI nahI> hE_ (ijama kI tarh kae}| BaI nahI> hE_)

32. Har a@dami bahut paise kama@te hain[. hr AadmaI bahuta paEsae kmaatae hE>_ (hr AadmaI bahuta paEsae kmaataa

hE_)

33. ‡dam& bahut paise kama@te hai. AadmaI bahuta paEsae kmaatae hE_ (AadmaI bahuta paEsae kmaataa hE_ AadmaI

bahuta paEsae kmaatae hE>_)

34. Har a@dam& ke pa@s bahut paise hai. hr AadmaI k’ paasa bahuta paEsae hE_ (hr AadmaI k’ paasa bahuta paEsae

hE>_)

35. Keshav ko ek bahin hai. k’oava kae ]k baihna hE_ (k’oava kI ]k bahna hE_)

36. Vis{a@l ke sa@th men[ kaun bait<hata@ hai. ivaoaaLa k’ saaYa mae> kaEna baE#taa hE? (ivaoaaLa k’ saaYa kaEna

baE#taa hE?)

37. Hindukush u@n~c{& paha@d< hai. ih>dUkÖoa QãcaI pahaDñ hE_ (ih>dUkÖoa QãcaI pahaDñI hE, ih>dUkÖoa Qãcaa pahaDñ

hE_)

38. Vis{a@l kaha@ hai ki vah nah&n[ ja@ega@. ivaoaaLa kha hE ik vah nahI> jaa]gaa_ (ivaoaaLa nae kha hE ik vah

nahI> jaa]gaa)

39. Sun&l ne kamara@ safa@& kiya@. saunaILa nae kmara safa}| ikyaa_ (saunaILa nae kmare kI safa}| kI)

40. Mereko a@p paisa@ dedo. maere kae Aapa paEsaa de dae_ (mauJae Aapa paEsae dIija])

41. Yadi mai nah&n[ a@ta@ to vah c{ale ja@ta@. yaid maE nahI> Aataa taae vah caLae jaataa_ (yaid maE> nahI> Aataa taae

vah caLaa jaataa_)

Page 112: Doc Hindi learn to speak

HINDI TEACHER for English Speaking People

112

42. Yadi ham nah& a@te to vah c{ala@ ja@ta@. yaid hma nahI Aatae taae vah caLaa jaataa_ (yaid hma nahI> Aatae taae

vah caLaa jaataa_)

43. Yad& a@p kahen[ge to main[ ka@m karata@ hu@n[. yadI Aapa khe>gae taae maE> kama krtaa hUã_ (yaid Aapa khe>-

khe>gae taae maE> kama kWãgaa-kWãgaI_ Aapa khtae hE> }saiLa] maE> kama krtaa-krtaI hUã_)

44. Hamko bahut ac{c{ha@ laga@. hmakae bahaeta AcCa Lagaa_ (hmae> bahuta AcCa Lagaa_)

45. La@la@j& nen[ mandar banava@ya@. LaaLaajaI nae> ma>dr banavaayaa_ (LaaLaajaI nae ma>idr banavaayaa_) 46. Lad<ak&yon[ nen[ ac{c{a@ ka@m kiya@. LaDñkIyaae> nae> AcCa kama ikyaa_ (LaDñikyaae> nae AcCa kama ikyaa_)

47. Sab h& bac{c{a@ rota@ hai. saba hI baccaa raetaa hE_ (saBaI baccae raetae hE>_) 48. Bha@&! hamen[ ko& paise d&jiye. Baa}|! hmae> kae}| paEsae dIija]_ (Baa}|! hmae> kÖC paEsae dIija]_)

49. Vaha@n kuc{h ek sau a@dam& bait>he hain[. vahaã kÖC ]k saaE AadmaI baE#e hE>_ (vahaã LagaBaga ]k saaE

AadmaI baE#e hE_)

50. Ko& log a@ye aur ko& log gaye. kae}| Laaega Aa] AaEr kae}| Laaega ga]_ (k}| Laaega Aa] AaEr k}| Laaega

ga]_)

51. Pratyek a@dam& Hind& nah&n[ bol sakate. paRtyaek AadmaI ih>dI nahI> baaeLa saktae_ (paRtyaek AadmaI ih>dI

nahI> baaeLa saktaa_)

52. Muzko Hind& films ac{h& lagat& hai. mauJakae ih>dI ifLmsa AcCI LagataI hE_ (mauJae ih>dI ifLmae> AcCI

LagataI hE>_)

53. C}alate bus se du@r rahiye. caLatae basa sae dUr rih]_ (caLataI hu}| basa sae dUr rih]_) 54. Sabh& nad& sa@garko nah&n[ milat& hain[. saBaI nadI saagarkae nahI> imaLataI hE>_ (saBaI naidyaaã saagar sae nahI>

imaLataI hE>)

55. ‡jkal ra@ston[ men[ bahut ka@r[ hoti hain[. AajakLa rastaae> mae> bahuta kar haetaI hE>_ (AajakLa rastaae> par bahuta

kare> haetaI hE>_)

56. Parason[ pradha@namantr& Amerika@ ja@ raha@ hai. parsaae> paRZaanama>%aI Amaeirka jaa rha hE_ (paRZaanama>%aI

parsaae> Amaeirka jaa rhe hE>_)

57. ‡pa ka@ sab kapad<a ganda@ hai. Aapaka saba kpaDña ga>da hE_ (Aapak’ saBaI kpaDñe ga>de hE>_)

58. Mai sna@n kar kha@u@n[ga@. maE> snaana kr SaaQãgaa_ (maE snaana krk’ SaaQãgaa_ maE> naha kr SaaQãgaa_)

Page 113: Doc Hindi learn to speak

HINDI TEACHER for English Speaking People

113

59. Main[ isko nah&n[ dekhana@ c{a@hata@. maE> }sakae nahI> deSanaa caahtaa-caahtaI_ (maE> yah nahI> deSanaa caahtaa-

caahtaI_)

60. Main[ ne us ka@ kita@b liya@. maE>nae qsaka iktaaba iLayaa_ (maE>nae qsakI iktaaba LaI_)

61. Mere se yah ka@m nah&n[ kiya@ ja@ta@. maere sae yah kama nahI> ikyaa jaataa_ (yah kama mauJasae nahI> ikyaa

jaataa_)

62. Main[ Sun&l se ga@d<& c{ala@ta@ hu@n[. maE> saunaILa sae gaaDñI caLaataa hUã_ (maE> saunaILa kI gaaDñI caLaataa hUã_ maE>

saunaILa sae gaaDñI caLavaataa hUã_ maE> saunaILa kae gaaDñI isaSaataa hUã_ )

63. Main[ ne pustak dekha@. maE>nae paustak deSaa_ (maE>nae paustak deSaI_)

64. Main[ ne Sun&l ko vah ba@t kah&. maE>nae saunaILa kae vah baata khI_ (maE>nae saunaILa sae vah baata khI_)

65. Main[ gar&bon[ ko bahut saha@yata@ karat& hu@n[. maE> garIbaae> kae bahuta sahayataa krtaI hUã_ (maE> garIbaae> kI

bahuta sahayataa krtaI hUã_)

66. Sun&l nen[ kaha@ ki vah Bha@rat ja@ega@. saunaILa nae> kha ik vah Baarta jaa]gaa_ (saunaILa nae kha ik maE>

Baarta jaaQãgaa_)

67. Us se kaho ki ja@. qsasae khae ik jaa_ (qsasae khae ik jaa]_)

68. ‡p ac{c{ha@ ho gaye hain[ kya@? Aapa AcCa hae ga] hE> Kyaa? (Aapa AcCe hae ga] hE> Kyaa?)

69. Pratyek a@dam& is par vic{a@r karen[. paRtyaek AadmaI }sa par ivacaar kre>_ (paRtyaek AadmaI }sa par ivacaar

kre_)

70. Yaha@n[ se vaha@n[ ja@ne men[ c{a@r ghan<t>e lagatae hai. yahaã sae vahaã jaanae mae> caar za>@e Lagatae hE>_ (yahaã sae vahaã jaanae k’ iLa] caar za>@e Lagatae hE>_)

71. Sun&l aur a@p is par vic{a@r karo. saunaILa AaEr Aapa }sa par ivacaar krae_ (saunaILa AaEr Aapa }sa par

ivacaar kre>_)

72. Sun&l aur Ra@m yaha@n[ rahu@n[ga@-rahu@n[g&. saunaILa AaEr rama yahaã rhUãgaa-rhUãgaI_ (saunaILa AaEr rama yahaã

rhe>gae_)

73. Sun&l paise nah&n[ la@ne saka@. saunaILa paEsae nahI> Laanae saka_ (saunaILa paEsae nahI> Laa saka_)

74. Vaha@n[ Ramu@ ya@ Sun&l hon[ge. vahaã ramaU yaa saunaILa hae>gae_ (vahaã ramaU AaEr saunaILa hae>gae, vahaã ramauU yaa

saunaILa haegaa_)

75. Vaha@n[ a@m aur c{a@ku@ pad<a@ hai. vahaã Aama AaEr caak” paDña hE_ (vahaã Aama AaEr caak” paDñe hE>_)

Page 114: Doc Hindi learn to speak

HINDI TEACHER for English Speaking People

114

76. Vah din-ra@t ka@m karata@. vah idna-rata kama krtaa_ (vah idna-rata kama krtaa hE_)

77. Main[ ne t&n rot>& kha@&. maE>nae taIna rae@I Saa}|_ (maE>nae taIna raei@yaaã Saa}|>_) 78. Main[ aur Sunil vaha@n[ tha@. maE> AaEr saunaILa vahaã Yaa_ (maE> AaEr saunaILa vahaã Yae_)

79. Mujhe a@m ya@ kela@ khane hain[. mauJae Aama yaa k’Laa Saanae hE>_ (mauJae Aama yaa k’Laa Saanaa hE_)

80. Mujhe Hind& bolana@ c{a@hiye. mauJae ih>dI baaeLanaa caaih]_ (mauJae ih>dI baaeLanaI caaih]_) 81. Mujhe Hind& s&khana@ hai. mauJae ih>dI saISanaa hE_ (mauJae ih>dI saISanaI hE_) 82. Yah ac{c{ha@ hai, na h& yah sundar hai. yah AcCa hE, na hI yah sau>dr hE_ (yah na taae AcCa hE, na hI

sau>dr hE_)

83. Yah hon[ga@ h&. yah hae>gaa hI_ (yah haegaa hI_) 84. Main[ nah&n[ ja@nata@ vah Bha@rat men[ hai Canada@ men[ hai. maE> nahI> jaanataa vah Baarta mae> hE k’naDa mae>

hE_ (maE> nahI> jaanataa ik vah Baarta mae> hE yaa knaaDa mae> hE_)

85. Ab sa@ta baja@ hai. Aba saata bajaa hE_ (Aba saata bajae hE>_)

86. Nic{e bait>hiye anyatha@ ba@har ja@o. naIcae baEi#] AnyaYaa baahr jaaAae_ (naIcae baEi#] AnyaYaa baahr

jaa}]_)

87. Mujhe paise d&jiye varana@ main[ gaya@. mauJae paEsae dIija] varnaa maE> gayaa_ (mauJae paEsae dIija] varnaa maE> caLaa jaaQãgaa_)

88. Hamara@ dil bad<a@ hai. hmara idLa baDña hE_ (hmaara idLa baDña hE_) 89. Main[ ne rukane ke liye kaha@, lekin vah ruka@. maE>nae wknae k’ iLa] kha, Laeikna vah wka_ (maE>nae wknae

k’ iLa] kha AaEr vah wka, maE>nae wknae k’ iLa] kha, Laeikna vah nahI> wka_

90. Vah gar&b hai, par ima@nda@r bh& hai. vah garIba hE, par }maanadar BaI hE_ (vah garIba hE par }|maanadar hE, vah garIba hE AaEr }|maanadar BaI hE, vah garIba hE par }|maanadar nahI> hE_)

91. Vah p&c{he hai, magar j&t gay&. vah paICe hE, magar jaIta ga}|_ (vah paICe YaI, magar jaIta ga}|_ vah paICe

hE, magar jaItaegaI_)

92. Main[ ne kha@ya@ nah&n[ hai, magar abh& bhu@kha@ hu@n[. maE>nae Saayaa nahI> hE, magar ABaI BaUSaa hUã_ (maE>nae

Saayaa hE, magar ABaI BaUSaa hUã_ maE>nae Saayaa nahI> hE, }saiLa] ABaI BaUSaa hUã_)

93. Us ko bahut duh<kh hai, tatha@ vah s{a@nt hai. qsakae bahuta du:Sa hE, taYaa vah oaa>ta hE_ (ya^ipa qsae

bahuta du:Sa hE, taYaaipa vah oaa>ta hE_)

Page 115: Doc Hindi learn to speak

HINDI TEACHER for English Speaking People

115

94. Tatha@pi us ne nah&n[ ma@n[ge, main[ ne us ko paise diye. taYaaipa qsanae nahI> maaãgae, maE>nae qsakae paEsae

id]_ (ya^ipa qsanae nahI> maaãgae, taYaaipa maE>nae qsae paEsae id]_)

95. Main[ c{a@hata@ tha@, fir bh& ba@har ja@ saka@. maE> caahtaa Yaa, ifr BaI maE> baahr jaa saka_ (maE> caahtaa Yaa, ifr

BaI baahr nahI> jaa saka_ maE> nahI> caahtaa Yaa, ifr BaI mauJae baahr jaanaa paDña_)

96. Vah soya@ nah&n[ tha@ fir bh& thaka@ hai. vah saaeyaa nahI> Yaa ifr BaI Yaka hE_ (vah saaeyaa Yaa ifr BaI

Yaka hE, vah saaeyaa nahI> Yaa }saiLa] Yaka hE_)

97. Notice diya@ gaya@ tha@, kyon[ ki sab ko pata@ c{ale. naaei@sa idyaa gayaa Yaa, Kyaae>ik sabakae pataa caLae_

(naaei@sa idyaa gayaa Yaa, taaik sabakae pataa caLae_)

98. Ghan>t>& baj& main[ andar gaya@. za>@I bajaI maE> A>dr gayaa_ (za>@I bajaI AaEr maE> A>dr gayaa_)

99. Is ko n&la@ ran[g hai. }sakae naILaa r>ga hE_ (}saka r>ga naILaa hE_)

100. Main[ ne us ko kaha@ tha@. maE>nae qsakae kha Yaa_ (maE>nae qsa sae kha Yaa_)

101. Dil dhad<akata@ hain[. idLa ZaDñktaa hE>_ (idLa ZaDñktaa hE_ idLa ZaDñktae hE>_)

102. Garam& bahut bad<h raha@ hai. garmaI bahuta ba$ñ rha hE_ (garmaI bahuta ba$ñ rhI hE_) 103. main[ a@p ka@ madad c{a@hate hai. maE> Aapaka madd caahtae hE_ (maE> AapakI madd caahtaa hUã_)

104. a@p ko sukh c{a@hate hain[ (|c{a@h) Aapa kae sauSa caahtae hE>_ (Aapa sauSa caahtae hE>_)

105. Madhu makkhiya@n[ s{ahad banawa@t& hain[. maZau maiKSayaaã oahd banavaataI hE>_ (maiKSayaaã oahd banaataI hE>_)

106. vah paisa@ ko c{a@hata@ hai. vah paEsaa kae caahtaa hE_ (vah paEsaa caahtaa hE_)

107. ghod<a@ bha@gate hai. zaaeDña Baagatae hE_ (zaaeDña Baagataa hE_ zaaeDñe Baagatae hE>_) 108. Ra@m ghar ko nahin[ hai. rama zar kae nahI> hE_ (rama zar mae> nahI> hE_)

109. Baraf pighal raha@ hai. barf ipazaLa rha hE_ (baf| ipazaLa rhI hE_)

110. C}a@biya@n[ kaha@n[ par hai caaibayaaã khaã par hE_ (caaibayaaã khaã hE>_)

111 N&ta@ raso& safa@ karat& hai. naItaa rsaae}| safa krtaI hE_ (naItaa rsaae}| saaf krtaI hE_)

112. D&ya@ men[ tel jalata@ hai. dIyaa mae> taeLa jaLataa hE_ (dIyae mae> taeLa jaLataa hE_) 113. Hame Hind& bha@s<a@ bolate hain[ (|bol) hmae ih>dI BaaPaa baaeLatae hE>_ (hma ih>dI BaaPaa baaeLatae hE>_) 114. Us ke u@par bharosa@ mat k&jiye. qsak’ Qpar Baraesaa mata kIija]_ (qsapar Baraesaa mata kIija]_)

115. Yah kita@b pad<hana@ c{ahiye. yah iktaaba pa$ñnaa caaih]_ (yah iktaaba pa$ñnaI caaih]_)

Page 116: Doc Hindi learn to speak

HINDI TEACHER for English Speaking People

116

116. Is kita@b ko pad<han& c{a@hiye. }sa iktaaba kae pa$ñnaI caaih]_ (}sa iktaaba kae pa$ñnaa caaih]_)

117. Main[ ne donon[ kita@b pad<h& hain[. maE>nae daenaae> iktaaba pa$ñI hE>_ (maE>nae daenaae> iktaabae> pa$ñI hE>_)

118. Vah c{alate ga@ rah& th&. vah caLatae gaa rhI YaI_ (vah caLatae hu] gaa rhI YaI_) 119. Mere pa@s ek h& rupaya@ nah& hai. maere paasa ]k hI wpayaa nahI hE_ (maere paasa ]k BaI wpayaa nahI> hE_)

120. Ma@la@ ne sab hi ko bh& kita@be diy&. maaLaa nae saba hI kae BaI iktaabae id}|_ (maaLaa nae saBaI kae iktaabae>

dI>_)

121. Mot&ba@g men[ mere t&non[ c{a@c{e rahate hai. maaetaIbaaga mae> maere taInaae> caacae rhtae hE_ (maaetaIbaaga mae> maere taInaae> caacaa rhtae hE>_)

122. Mujhko yah mat d&jiye. mauJakae yah mata dIija]_ (mauJae yah mata dIija]_)

123. Manoj ko do bet>e hai. manaaeja kae dae bae@e hE_ (manaaeja k’ dae bae@e hE>_)

124. Dhanyava@d! main[ nah&n[ c{a@y p&ta@ hun[. Zanyavaad! maE> nahI> caaya paItaa hUã_ (Zanyavaad! maE> caaya nahI> paItaa_)

125. Hind& bha@s<a@ Sam[skrit bha@s<a@ se ban& hain[. ih>dI BaaPaa sa>s×ta BaaPaa sae banaI hE>_ (ih>dI BaaPaa sa>s×ta

BaaPaa sae banaI hE_)

GENERAL DIALOGUES

(1) How are you. How do you do? (a@p kaise hain[? kya@ ha@l hai?) Aapa k“sae hE>? Kyaa haLa hE?

(2) I am fine (main[ t>h&k hu@n[) maE> #Ik hUã_

(3) What is your name? (a@paka@ na@m, s{ubha na@m, kya@ hai?) Aapaka naama (oauBa naama) Kyaa hE?

(4) My name is (mera@ na@m ---- hai) maera naama ------- hE_ (5) Where do you live? (a@p kaha@n[ rahate hain[?) Aapa khaã rhtae hE>?

(6) I live in Kanpur. (main[ Ka@npur man[ rahata@ hu@n[) maE> kanapaur mae> rhtaa hUã_

(7) Where is your house? (a@pa ka@ ghar kaha@n[ hai?) Aapaka zar khaã hE?

(8) What is your address? (a@p ka@ pata@ kya@ hai?) Aapaka pataa Kyaa hE?

(9) Who is he-she? (vah kaun hai?) vah kaEna hE?

(10) What is his-her name? (in ka@ na@m kya@ hai?) }naka Kyaa naama hE?

Page 117: Doc Hindi learn to speak

HINDI TEACHER for English Speaking People

117

(11) He-She is my friend (yah mera@ mitra, mer& sahel& hai) yah maera ima%a (maerI saheLaI) hE_ (12) His-her name is (is ka@ na@m -- hai) }saka naama -- hE_

(13) Will you take tea? (kya@ a@p c{a@y len[ge?) Kyaa Aapa caaya Lae>gae?

(14) No, thanks! (ji nahin[, dhanyava@d!) jaI nahI>, Zanyavaad! (15) I do not drink tea? (main[ c{a@y nahin[ p&ta@) maE> caaya nahI> paItaa_ (16) Do you smoke? (kya@ a@p dhu@mrapa@n karate hain[? kya@ a@p sigaret> p&te hain[?) Kyaa Aapa ZaUmaRpaana

krtae hE>? Kyaa Aapa isagare@ paItae hE>?

(17) I do not smoke. (main[ sigaret> nah&n[ p&ta@) maE> isagare@ nahI> paItaa_ (18) Are you a vegetarian? (kya@ a@p s{a@ka@ha@r& hain[?) Kyaa Aapa oaakaharI hE>?

(19) I have heard that he is sick. (main[ ne suna@ hai ki vah b&ma@r hai) maE>nae saunaa hE ik vah baImaar hE_

(20) Is it true? (kya@ yah sac{a hai?) Kyaa yah saca hE?

(21) You are right. (a@p t>h&k kah rahe hain[) Aapa #Ik kh rhe hE>_

(22) I know it. (main[ yah ja@nata@ hu@n[) maE> yah janataa hUã_ (23) Do not tell this to anyone. (yah ba@t kis& se mat kahiye) yah baata iksaI sae mata kih]_

(24) I promise you. (main[ a@p se va@da@ karata@ hu@n[) maE> Aapa sae vaada krtaa hUã_

(25) Your poem is very nice. (a@p ki kavita@ bahut ac{c{h& hai) AapakI kivataa bahuta AcCI hE_

(26) You are making noise. (a@p s{or mac{a rahe hain[) Aapa oaaer macaa rhe hE>_

(27) Excuse me. (mujhe ma@f k&jiye) mauJae maaf kIija]_

(28) She refused it. (us ne asv&ka@r kiya@) qsanae AsvaIkar ikyaa_

(29) I said no. (main[ ne inaka@r kiya@) maE>nae }nakar ikyaa_

(30) I am sorry. (mujhe afsos hai) mauJae Afsaaesa hE_

(31) That was my mistake. (vah mer& galat& th&) vah maerI gaLataI YaI_ (32) Who was that person? (vah kaun tha@) vah kaEna Yaa?

(33) What are you doing? (a@p kya@ kar rahe hain[?) Aapa Kyaa kr rhe hE>?

(34) What is the matter? (kya@ ba@t hai?) Kyaa baata hE?

(35) What do you have? (a@p ke pa@s kya@ hai?) Aapak’ paasa Kyaa hE?

Page 118: Doc Hindi learn to speak

HINDI TEACHER for English Speaking People

118

(36) What do you mean by that? (a@p ka@ matalab kya@ hai?) Aapaka mataLaba Kyaa hE?

(37) Do you like it? (kya@ a@p ko yah pasand hai?, kya@ a@p ko yah ac{c{cha@ lagata@ hai?) Kyaa Aapakae

yah pasa>d hE? Kyaa Aapakae yah AcCa Lagataa hE?

(38) Have you finished it? (kya@ a@p ne yah khatma kiya@?) Kyaa Aapanae yah Satma ikyaa?

(39) It is ready? (kya@ yah taiya@r hai?) Kyaa yah taEyaar hE?

(40) Is it edible? (kya@ yah kha@ne la@yak hai?) Kyaa yah Saanae Laayak hE?

(41) Are you coming with us? (kya@ a@p hama@re sa@th a@ rahe hain[?) Kyaa Aapa hmaare saaYa Aa rhe hE>?

(42) It is very nice (yah bahut bad<hiya@ hai, yah bahut ac{c{ha@ hai) yah bahuta bai$ñyaa hE, yah bahuta AcCa hE_

(43) Should I close it? Should I open it? (kya@ main[ yah band kar du@n[? kya@ main[ yah khol du@n[?) Kyaa maE> yah ba>d kr dUã? Kyaa maE> yah SaaeLa dUã?

(44) Wait for me. (mere liye rukiye, mera@ intaja@r k&jiye) maere iLa] wik], maera }>tajaar kIija]_

(45) Do you trust him? I trust him fully (kya@ a@p us par bharosa@ karate hain[? mera@ us par pu@ra@ vis{va@s hai) Kyaa Aapa qsapar ivaovaasa krtae hE>? maera qsa par paUra Baraesaa hE_)

(46) That is completely wrong. This is very correct. (vah pu@r& tarah galat hai. Yah bilakul t>h&k hai) vah paUrI tarh galta hE_ yah ibaLakÖLa #Ik hE_)

(47) I think so too. (main[ bh& yah& soc{ata@ hu@n) maE> BaI yahI saaecataa hUã_ (48) It is not possible. (yah sambhav nah&n[ hai) yah sa>Bava nahI> hE_ (49) He is not well. (us k& tab&yat t>h&k nah&n[ hai) qsakI tabaIyata #Ik nahI> hE_

(50) Let him go. (use ja@ne d&jiye) qsae jaanae dIija]_ (51) I must go now. (mujhe ab ja@na@ c{a@hiye) mauJae Aba jaanaa caaih]_

(52) I am in a rush. (main[ jald& men[ hu@n[) maE> jaLdI mae> hUã_ (53) You are lucky. (a@p bha@gyava@n hain[) Aapa Baagyavaana` hE>_

(54) He surprised me. (us ne mujhe a@s{c{arya men[ da@la@) qsanae mauJae Aaocaya| mae> DaLaa_

(55) He fooled me. (us ne mujhe bevaku@f bana@ya@) qsanae mauJae baevak”f banaayaa_

(56) What a shame? (kitan& s{arma k& ba@t hai) iktanaI oama| kI baata hE!

(57) I am very disappointed. (main[ bahut na@ra@j hu@n[) maE> bahuta naaraja hUã_

Page 119: Doc Hindi learn to speak

HINDI TEACHER for English Speaking People

119

(58) What could be the reason? (kya@ ka@ran< ho sakata@ hai?) Kyaa karNa hae saktaa hE?

(59) Please, be patient. (kr<paya@ dh&raj rakhiye) ×payaa ZaIrja riSa]_

(60) Please do not do it again. (kr<paya@ yah fir se mat k&jiye) ×payaa yah ifr sae mata kIija]_

(61) Try to improve it. (ise sudha@rane k& kos{is{a k&jiye) }sae sauZaarnae kI kaeioaoa kIija]_

(62) It is very hard for me. (yah mere liye bahut mus{kil hai) yah maere iLa] bahuta mauiokLa hE_

(63) Don't try to be more smart. (jya@da@ hos{iya@r banane k& kos{is{ mat k&jiye) jyaada haeioayaar bananae kI kaeioaoa mata kIija]_

(64) Let us go for a walk. (c{aliye t>ahalane ke liye c{alate hain[, c{aliye sair ke liye c{alate hain[) caiLa] @hLanae k’ iLa] caLatae hE>, caiLa] saEr k’ iLa] caLatae hE>_

(65) Please, walk a bit faster. (jara@ tej c{aliye) jara taeja caiLa]_ (66) It is thundering, let us go back. (bijal& c{amak rah& hai, c{aliye va@pas c{alate hain[) ibajaLaI

camak rhI hE, caiLa] vaapasa caLatae hE>_

(67) May be a storm is coming. (s{a@yad tu@fa@n a@ne wa@la@ hai) oaayad taUfana AanaevaaLaa hE?

(68) How does it work? (yah kaise ka@m karata@ hai?) yah k“sae kama krtaa hE?

(69) We should be careful. (hamem[ sa@vadha@n rahana@ c{ahiye) hmae> saavaZaana rhnaa caaih]_ (70) I forgot to tell you one thing. (main[ a@p se ek ba@t kahana@ bhu@l gaya@) maE> Aapasae ]k baata khnaa

BaULa gayaa? I forgot to bring one thing. (main[ ek c{&j la@na@ bhu@l gaya@) maE> ]k caIja Laanaa BaULa gayaa_

(71) What is the use of waiting here? (yaha@n[ intaja@r karane se kya@ la@bh?) yahaã }>tajaar krnae sae Kyaa

LaaBa?

(72) Do not worry, I will take care of that. (c{inta@ mat k&jiye, main[ vah dekh lu@n[ga@) ica>taa mata kIija], maE> vah deSa LaUãgaa_

(73) What is the news? (kya@ sama@c{a@r hai?) Kyaa samaacaar hE?

(74) Everything is OK. (sab kuc{h t>h&k hai) saba kÖC #Ik hE_

(75) We will wait for you. (ham a@p k& prat&ks<a@ karen[ge) hma AapakI paRtaIxaa kre>gae_

(76) Why are you late? (a@p ne der kyon[ k&?) Aapanae der Kyaae> kI?

(77) Did you get my letter? (kya@ a@p ko mera@ patra mila@? a@p ko mer& c{it>t>h& mil& kya@?) Kyaa Aapakae

maera pa%a imaLaa? Aapakae maerI ica@#I imaLaI Kyaa?

Page 120: Doc Hindi learn to speak

HINDI TEACHER for English Speaking People

120

(78) Why did you trust him? (a@p ne us par bharosa@ kyon[ kiya@?) Aapanae qsa par Baraesaa Kyaae> ikyaa?

(79) I was impressed by his talk. (main[ us ke bolane se prabha@vit hua@ tha@) maE> qsak’ baaeLanae sae

paRBaaivata huAa Yaa_

(80) How quickly time passes! (samay kitana@ jald& b&tata@ hai!) samaya iktanaa jaLdI baItataa hE!

(81) I will return quickly. (main[ jald& laut>u@n[ga@) maE> jaLdI LaaE@Uãgaa_ (82) Brother! Move a bit forward. (Bha& sa@hab! jara@ a@ge bad<h&ye) Baa}| saahba! jara Aagae bai$ñ]_

(83) Could you please help me? (kya@ a@p mer& madad kar sakate hain[?) Kyaa Aapa maerI madd kr

saktae hE>?

(84) How is your health? (a@p ka sva@sthya kaisa@ hai? a@p k& taba&yat kais& hai?) Aapaka svaasYya k“saa

hE? AapakI tabaIyata k“saI hE?

(85) How did your bone break? (a@p k& had<d<& kaise t>u@t>&?) AapakI hDDI k“sae @U@I?

(86) Come in. (andar a@iye) A>dr Aa}]_

(87) Wish you a happy Diwa@l&. (diwa@l& k& s{ubh ka@mana@en[) idvaaLaI-dIpaavalI kI oauBa kamanaa]ã_

(88) OK, we will meet again. (ac{c{ha@ ji! ham fir milen[ge) AcCa jaI, hma ifr imaLae>gae_

(89) Say our hello to everyone. (sab ko hama@ra@ abhiva@dan kahana@) sabakae hmaara AiBavaadna khnaa_

(90) OK Sir (Madam). (t>h&k hai s{r&ma@n, t>h&k hai s{r&mat& j&) #Ik hE OaRImaana! #Ik hE OaRImataIjaI!

(91) Hi (namaste ji!) namastae jaI_ (92) Good morning. (suprabha@t) saupaRBaata_ Good night (s{ubha ra@tri) oauBa rai%a_ (93) How are you? (a@p kaise hain[) Aapa k“sae hE>?

(94) We are fine. (ham sakus{al hain[) hma sakÖoaLa hE>_

(95) Is everything well at home? (kya@ ghar par sab t<h&k-t>ha@k hai?) Kyaa zar par saba #Ik-#ak

hE?

(96) Where are you coming from? (a@p kaha@n[ se a@ rahe hain[?) Aapa khaã sae Aa rhe hE>?

(97) I am coming from office. (main[ ka@rya@lay se a@ raha@ hu@n[) maE> kayaa|Laya sae Aa rha hUã_

(98) Please come in and have a seat. (kr<paya@ andar a@iye aur bait>hiye) ×payaa A>dr Aa}] AaEr

baEi#]_

Page 121: Doc Hindi learn to speak

HINDI TEACHER for English Speaking People

121

(99) What was he saying? (vah kya@ kah raha@ tha@?) vah Kyaa kh rha Yaa?

(100) He said that I do not want anything. (vah kah raha@ tha@ ki mujhe kuc{h nah&n[ c{a@hiye) vah kh rha Yaa ik mauJae kÖC nahI> caaih]_

(101) What is your opinion? (a@p k& kya@ ra@y hai?) Aapa kI Kyaa raya hE?

(102) Let us see what happens. (dekhate hain[ kya@ hota@ hai) deSatae hE> Kyaa haetaa hE_ (103) I will try my best. (main[ pu@r& kos{&s{ karu@n[ga@, karu@n[g&) maE> paUrI kaeioaoa kWãgaa, kWãgaI_

(104) It will never happen. (yah kabh& bh& nah&n[ hoga@). yah kBaI BaI nahI> haegaa_ It can not

happen. (yah nah&n[ ho sakata@) yah nahI> hae saktaa_

(105) It is not possible. (yah sambhav nah&n[ hai) yah sa>Bava nahI> hE_ (106) There is no doubt about it. (is men[ ko& sandeh nah&n[ hai) }samae> kae}| sa>deh nahI> hE_

(107) I did not know it. (main[ yah nah&n[ ja@nata@ tha@) maE> yah nahI> jaanataa Yaa_ (108) How should I say it to you? (main[ a@p se yah kaise kahu@n[?) maE> Aapasae yah k“sae khUã?

(109) Do you have time? (kya@ a@p ke pa@s samay hai?) Kyaa Aapak’ paasa samaya hE?

(110) What is your program tomarrow? (kal a@p ka@ kya@ ka@ryakram hai?) kLa Aapaka Kyaa

kaya|Ûma hE?

(111) I will go once again. (main[ ek ba@r fir jau@n[ga@-ja@u@n[g&) maE> ]k baar ifr jaaQãgaa, jaaQãgaI_

(112) It happens sometime. (kabh&-kabh& aisa@ hota@ hai) kBaI-kBaI ]esaa haetaa hE_

(113) Who does not want it? (yah kaun nah&n[ c{a@hata@ hai?) yah kaEna nahI> caahtaa hE?

(114) I have no objection. (mujhe ko& a@patti nah&n[ hai) mauJae kae}| AapaiTa nahI> hE_

(115) I will do it, even if it is difficult. (yah mus{kil hai fir bh& main[ karu@n[ga@) yah mauiokLa hE

ifr BaI maE> kWãgaa_

(116) Please do not worry. (kr<paya@ a@p c{inta mat k&jiye. ×payaa Aapa ica>taa mata kIija]_

(117) Please listen to me. (kr<paya@ mer& ba@t suniye) ×payaa maerI baata sauina]_

(118) What does it mean? (is ka@ matalab kya@ hua@) }saka mataLaba Kyaa huAa?

(119) What is the reason for this? (is ka@ ka@ran< kya@ hai?) }saka karNa Kyaa hE?

(120) Why did it happen? (yah kyon[ hua@?) yah Kyaae> huAa? How did it happen? (yah kaise hua@?) yah k“sae huAa?

Page 122: Doc Hindi learn to speak

HINDI TEACHER for English Speaking People

122

(121) It is true or not? (yah sac{ hai ya@ nah&n[?) yah saca hE yaa nahI>?

(122) That I also know. (vah to main[ bh& ja@nata@ hu@n[) vah taae maE> BaI jaanataa hUã_ (123) Why did you not say so before? (yah a@p ne pahale kyon[ nah&n[ kaha@?) yah Aapanae pahLae

Kyaae> nahI> kha?

(124) Where were you that time? (tab a@p kaha@n[ the?) taba Aapa khaã Yae?

(125) It is not my fault. (yah mera@ dos< nah&n[ hai) yah maera daePa nahI> hE_ It is my mistake. (yah mer& galat& hai) yah maerI gaLataI hE_

(126) I have no idea. (mujhe ko& kalpana@ nah&n[ hai) mauJae kae}| kLpanaa nahI> hE_

(127) Do not get serious like this. (aise gambh&r mat ho&ye) ]esae ga>BaIr mata hae}]_ (128) It is only a rumour. (yah kewal afwa@h, ud<at& khabar, hai) yah taae k’vaLa Afvaah (qDñtaI

Sabar) hE_

(129) You are right. (a@p k& ba@t sah& hai) AapakI baata sahI hE_

(130) At that time I could not think of anything. (us samay main[ kuc{h soc{ nah&n[ saka@) qsa samaya maE> kÖC saaeca nahI> saka_

(131) It should not have happened. (yah nah&n[ hona@ c{a@hiye tha@) yah nahI> haenaa caaih] Yaa_ (132) I do not have your address. (mere pa@s a@p ka@ pata@ nah&n[ hai) maere paasa Aapaka pataa nahI> hE_

(133) I was thinking of you yesterday. (kal main[ a@p ko ya@d kar raha@ tha@) kLa maE> Aapakae yaad

kr rha Yaa_

(134) There was an accident on the way, that is why I became late. (ra@ste men[ durghat>ana@ hu& th&, is liye mere a@ne men[ der& hu&) rastae mae> ]k duza|@naa hu}| YaI, }saiLa] maere Aanae mae> derI hu}|_

(135) Have you finished your housework? (kya@ a@p ne ghar ka@ ka@m kar liya@ hai?) Kyaa Aapanae

zar ka kama kr iLayaa hE?

(136) I have to do a lot of work too. (mujhe bh& bahut ka@m karana@ hai) mauJae BaI bahuta kama krnaa

hE_

(137) I have to go to the office too. (mujhe daftar bh& ja@na@ hai) mauJae dÝtar BaI jaanaa hE_ (138) I will talk to you about this. (main[ a@p se is ba@re men[ fir ba@t karu@n[ga@) maE> Aapasae }sa baare

mae> baata kWãgaa_

Page 123: Doc Hindi learn to speak

HINDI TEACHER for English Speaking People

123

(139) Did you call me yesterday? (kya@ a@p ne mujhe kal bula@ya tha@? Kyaa Aapanae mauJae kLa bauLaayaa

Yaa?

(140) Were there any calls for me. (kya@ mere liye ko& phon a@ya@ tha@?) Kyaa maere iLa] kae}| faena

Aayaa Yaa?

(141) See me next week. (agale hafte mujh se miliye) AgaLae hÝtae mauJasae imaiLa]_

(142) We should sit and think about it. (hamen[ bait>h kar is ba@re men[ vic{a@r karana@ c{a@hiye) hmae> baE#kr }sa baare mae> ivacaar krnaa caaih]_

(143) Today I am not feeling well. (a@j main[ t>h&k mahasu@s nah&n[ kar raha@ hu@n[) Aaja maE> #Ik

mahsaUsa nahI> kr rha hUã_

(144) I am feeling a bit sick. (mujhe ma@mul& sa@ bukha@r lagata@ hai) mauJae maamaULaI saa bauSaar Lagataa hE_

(145) Yesterday it snowed all night. (kal ra@t bhar barf g&r&) kLa rata Bar baf| igarI_

(146) And today it is very foggy. (aur a@j bahut ku@hara@ hai) AaEr Aaja bahuta kÖhra hE_

(147) Drive carefully. (sa@vadha@n& se ga@d<& c{ala@iye) saavaZaanaI sae gaaDñI caLaa}]_ (148) It is slippery out side. (ba@har fisalan hai) baahr ifsaLana hE_

(149) It snowed almost four inches. (lagabhag c{a@r inc{ barf gir&) LagaBaga caar }>ca baf| igarI_

(150) Many roads are not cleared yet. (ka& sad<aken[ abh& tak sa@f nah&n[ hu& hain[) k}| saDñk’>

ABaI tak saaf nahI> hu}| hE>_

(151) Tomorrow it is going to be warm. (kal garam hone wa@la@ hai) kLa garma haenaevaaLaa hE_

(152) Tomorrow we will wash our car. (kal ham apan& gad<& dhoen[ge) kLa hma ApanaI gaaDñI

Zaae]ãgae_

(153) I organized my room. (main[ ne apana@ kamara@ t>h&k se laga@ya@) maE>nae Apanaa kmara #Ik sae

Lagaayaa_

(154) I like window in my room. (mujhe apane kamare men[ khid<ak& ac{c{h& lagat& jai) mauJae Apanae

kmare mae> iSaDñkI AcCI LagataI hE_

(155) I sleep near the window. (main[ khid<ak& ke pa@s sota@ hu@n[) maE> iSaDñkI k’ paasa saaetaa hUã_

Page 124: Doc Hindi learn to speak

HINDI TEACHER for English Speaking People

124

(156) I keep my door open. (main[ apana@ darava@ja@ khula@ rakhata@ hu@n[) maE> Apanaa drvaajaa SauLaa

rSataa hUã_

(157) I read Hind& everyday. (main[ roj Hind& pad<hata@ hu@n[) maE> raeja ih>dI pa$ñtaa hUã_ (158) Our neighbors are good people. (hama@re pad<os& ac{c{he log hain[) hmaare paDñaesaI AcCe Laaega

hE>_

(159) They know Hind&, they can speak Hind&. (ve Hind& ja@nate hain[, ve Hind& bol sakate hain[) vae ih>dI jaanatae hE>, vae ih>dI baaeLa saktae hE>_

(160) They have learnt Hind&. (unhon[ne Hind& s&kh& hai) qnhae>nae ih>dI saISaI hE_ (161) They want to learn Hind&. (ve Hind& s&khana@ c{a@hate hain[) vae ih>dI saISanaa caahtae hE>_ (162) Do you want to learn Hind&? (kya@ a@p Hind& s&khana@ c{a@hate hain[?) Kyaa Aapa ih>dI saISanaa

caahtae hE>?

(163) We can most certainly learn Hind& with this book. (ham is kita@b-pustak se Hind& avas{ya s&kh sakate hain[) hma }sa iktaaba-paustak sae ih>dI Avaoya saISa saktae hE>_

GENERAL KNOWLEDGE

saamaanya Xaana

NAMES OF THE DAYS OF THE WEEK saptaah k’ idna

The names of the seven days of the week are : (1) Sunday raviva@r rivavaar

(2) Monday somava@r saaemavaar

(3) Tuesday mangalava@r ma>gaLavaar

(4) Wednesday budhava@r bauZavaar

(5) Thursday guruva@r gauwvaar

(6) Friday shukrava@r oauÛvaar

Page 125: Doc Hindi learn to speak

HINDI TEACHER for English Speaking People

125

(7) Saturday s{aniva@r oainavaar

There are 30 days in a month. ]k mahInae mae> taIsa idna haetae hE>_ There are two bi-weekly periods in

each month, namely Kr<s<n<a paks<a and S}ukla paks<a ]k mahInae mae> dae paxa haetae hE>, oauKLa paxa AaEr ×PNa

paxa_ In each biweekly period there are 15 days. ]k paxa mae> pa>dRrh idna haetae hE>_

Their names qnak’ naama hE> :

(1) paRitapada pratipada@ (2) iVtaIyaa dvit&ya@ (3) ta\taIyaa tr<t&ya@ (4) catauYaI| c{aturth& (5) pa>camaI pan~c{am& (6) PaP#I s<as<t>h& (7) saptamaI saptam& (8) AP@maI as<t>am& (9) navamaI navam& (10) doamaI das{am& (11) ]kadoaI eka@das{& (12) VadoaI dva@das{& (13) %ayaaedoaI trayodas{& (14) cataud|oaI c{aturdas{& (15) Amaavasyaa ama@vasya@

NAMES OF THE MONTHS OF THE YEAR vaPa| k’ mahInaae> k’ naama

(A) The names of the twelve months are: (1) March-April c{aitra caE%a

(2) April-May vais{a@kh vaEoaaSa

(3) May-June jyes<t>ha jyaeP#

(4) June-july a@s<a@d<h AaPaa$ñ

(5) July-August s{ra@van ÃavaNa

(6) August-September bha@drapad BaadRpad

(7) September-October a@s{vin Aaiovana

Page 126: Doc Hindi learn to speak

HINDI TEACHER for English Speaking People

126

(8) October-November ka@rtik kaita|k

(9) November-December ma@rgas{&rs<a maaga|oaIPa|

(10) December-January paus< paaEPa

(11) January-February ma@gh maaza

(12) February-March pha@lgun faLgauna

(B) The names of the six seasons are : (1) Spring vasant vasa>ta

(2) Summer gr&s<ma gaRIPma

(3) Rainy season vars<a@ vaPaa|

(4) Autumn s{arad oard

(5) Winter(Nov-Jan) hemanta hema>ta

(6) Winter(Jan-Mar) s{is{ir ioaioar

THE MEASUREMENTS

naapa

Length lamba@& La>baa}|

Width c{audña@& caaEDña}|

Height un~c{a@& Qãcaa}|

Thickness ghanatva zanatva

Weight gurutva, bha@r gauwtva, Baar

Wettness g&la@pan gaILaapana

Dryness su@kha@pan saUSaapana

Distance du@r& dUrI

Nearness najad&k& najadIkI

Smoothness c{ikana@& icaknaa}|

Page 127: Doc Hindi learn to speak

HINDI TEACHER for English Speaking People

127

Roughness khurdura@pan Saurduurapana

Roundness gola@& gaaeLaa}|

Triangularity tikona@@pan itakaenaapana

Squareness c{auraspan caaErsapana

Straightness s&dha@& saIZaa}|

Obliqueness a@dña@pan AaDñapana

Slant tirc{ha@& itarCa}|

Crookedness t><ed<ha@& @e$ña}|

NAMES OF THE DIRECTIONS idoaaAae> k’ naama

East pu@rab, pu@rva paUrba, paUva|

West pas{c{im paiocama

North uttar qTar

South daks<in< dixaNa

North east is{a@n }|oaana

South east va@yavya vaayavya

South west a@gney Aagnaeya

North west nair<tya naE/tya

Right da@yn[a@ dayaaã

Left ba@n[ya@ baaãyaa

Above u@par Qpar

Below nic{e naIcae

In front of sa@mane, a@ge saamanae, Aagae

In between bic{a, madhya baIca, maZya

Centre madhya maZya

Page 128: Doc Hindi learn to speak

HINDI TEACHER for English Speaking People

128

Middle b&c{, madhya baIca, maZya

In bh&tar, andar BaItar, A>dr,

Out ba@har baahr

Towards k& or kI Aaer

THE TIME samaya

* What time is it now? ABaI iktanae bajae hE>?

1. It is one O’clock now. ABaI ]k bajaa hE_

2. It is 5 minutes past 1 O’clock. ABaI ]k bajakr paaãca imana@ hu] hE>_

3. It is 5 minutes to 3 O’clock. taIna bajanae mae>e paaãca imana@ kma hE>_

4. It is four-thirty now. ABaI saa$ñe-caar bajae hE>_

5. It is 6 O’clock. ABaI Ch bajae hE>_ 6. It is 12 O’clock. ABaI baarh bajae hE>_

7. Ra@m will be here at 2 O’clock. rama yahaã dae bajae Aa]gaa_

8. Shya@m went home from here at 4 O’clock. oyaama yahaã sae caar bajae zar gayaa_

9. See me at eight O’clock. Aapa mauJasae Aa# bajae imaiLa]_

IDIOMS AND PROVERBS

mauhavare AaEr khavatae>

(1) A bad person is better than a bad name (bad se badana@m bura@) bad sae badnaama baura_ (2) A bad worker blames his tools (na@c{a na ja@ne a@n[gan t>ed<ha@) naaca na jaanae Aaãgana @e$ña_

(3) A drop in the ocean (u@n[t> ke mu@n[h men[ j&ra@) Qã@ k’ mauãh mae> jaIra_

(4) A figure among cyphers (andhon[ men[ ka@na@ ra@ja@) A>Zaae> mae> kanaa rajaa_

(5) A little knowledge is a dangerous thing (n&m hak&m khatare ja@n) naIma hkIma Satare jaana_

(6) As the king so are the subjects (jaisa@ ra@ja@ vais& praja@) jaEsaa rajaa vaEsaI paRjaa_ (7) As you sow so you reap (jais& karan& vais& bharan&) jaEsaI krnaI vaEsaI BarnaI_

Page 129: Doc Hindi learn to speak

HINDI TEACHER for English Speaking People

129

(8) Averice is the root of all evils (la@lac{ bur& bala@ hai) LaaLaca baurI baLaa hE_ (9) A wolf in lamb's clothing (inasa@n ke bhes<a men[ s{aita@n) }nasaana k’ BaePa mae> oaEtaana_

(10) Barking dog seldom bites (jo garajate hain[, ve barasate nah&n[) jaae garjatae hE>, vae barsatae nahI>_ (11) Birds of same feather flock together (c{or-c{or mausere bha@&) caaer-caaer maaEsaere Baa}|_ (12) Do evil get evil (kar bura@ to ho bura@) kr baura taae hae baura_

(13) Do good get good (kar bhala@ ho bhala@) kr BaLaa hae BaLaa_

(14) Drowning person catches the straw (d<u@bate ko tinake ka@ saha@ra@) DUbatae kae itanak’ ka sahara_

(15) Evil gotten evil spent (jaisa@ a@ya@ vaisa@ gaya@) jaEsaa Aayaa vaEsaa gayaa_

(16) Forced labour is better than idleness (beka@r se bega@r bhala@) baekar sae baegaar BaLaa_

(17) Good mind good find (a@p bhale to jag bhala@) Aapa BaLae taae jaga BaLaa_

(18) Great cry little wool (u@n~c{& duka@n f&ka@ pakawa@n) QãcaI dukana fIka pakvaana_

(19) High winds blow on the high hills (bad<on[ k& bad<& ba@n[ten[) baDñae> kI baDñI baatae>_

(20) Innocent have nothing to fear (sa@n~c{ ko a@n~c{ nah&n[) saaãca kae Aaãca nahI>_

(21) Killing two birds with one stone (ek panth do ka@j) ]k pa>Ya dae kaja_

(22) Let bygones be bygones (b&t& so b&t&) baItaI saae baItaI_ (23) Many a little makes a micle (bu@nd-bu@nd se bhare ghad<a@) baUãd-baUãd sae Bare zaDña_ (24) Might is right (jis k& la@t>h& us& k& bhain[s) ijasakI Laa#I qsaI kI BaE>sa_

(25) One nail drives out another (ka@n[t>e se ka@n[t<a@ nikalata@ hai) kaã@e sae kaã@a inakLataa hE_

(26) One in the hand is better than nine in the bush (nau nakad na terah udha@r) naaE nakd na taerh

qZaar_

(27) Out of frying pan into the fire (ta@d< se gira@, khaju@r par at>ka@) taaDñ sae igara, SajaUr par A@ka_

(28) Pennywise pound foolish (sona@ lut>a@ ja@y, koyale par c{ha@pa@) saaenaa Lau@a jaa], kaeyaLae par Capaa_

(29) Quit not certainty for hope (a@dh& c{hod< sa@r& ko dha@ve, na a@dh& rahe na sa@r& pa@ve) AaZaI CaeDñ

saarI kae Zaavae, na AaZaI rhe na saarI paavae_

(30) Rome was not built in a day (hathel& par dah& nah&n[ jamata@) hYaeLaI par dhI nahI> jamataa_ (31) Something is better than nothing (bha@gate bhu@t k& lan[got>& sahi) Baagatae BaUta kI Laãgaae@I sahI_

Page 130: Doc Hindi learn to speak

HINDI TEACHER for English Speaking People

130

(32) The wearer best knows where the shoe pinches (ja@ke pair na fat>e biwa@&, vo kya@ ja@ne p&r para@&) jaak’ paEr na f@e ibavaa}|, vaae Kyaa jaanae paIr para}|_

(33) Tit for tat (jaise ko taisa@) jaEsae kae taEsaa_

(34) To cast pearls before a swine (bandar kya@ ja@ne adaraka ka@ sva@d?) ba>dr Kyaa jaanae Adrk ka

svaad_

(35) To make mountain out of a mole hill (ra@& ko parvat bana@na@) ra}| kae pava|ta banaanaa_

(36) To build castle in the air (hava@ men[ pul ba@ndhana@) hvaa mae> pauLa baaãZanaa_ (37) Too many cooks spoil the broth (jya@da jog&, mat>h ka@ uja@d<) jyaada jaaegaI, ma# ka qjaaDñ_

(38) Too much courtsey, too much craft. (m&t>h& ba@n&, daga@ba@j k& nis{a@n&) maI#I baanaI, dgaabaaja kI

inaoaanaI_

(39) To rob Peter to pay Paul (ga@y ma@r kar ju@ta@ da@n) gaaya maarkr jaUtaa dana_

(40) When character is lost all is lost (sat d<iga@, jaha@n d<iga@) sata` iDgaa, jahana iDgaa_ (41) Whistling maid and crowing hen are neither fit for gods nor for men (dhob& ka@ kutta@, na

ghar ka@ na gha@t>a ka@) ZaaebaI ka kÖTaa, na zar ka na zaa@ ka_

(42) A nine days’ wonder (c{a@r din k& c{a@ndan& fir an[dheri ra@t) caar idna kI caaãdnaI, ifr AãZaerI rata_

(43) Kindness is lost upon an ungreatdul person (gadhe ko khila@ya na pa@p na pun<ya) gaZae kae

iSaLaayaa na paapa na pauNya_

(44) As long there is life there is hope (jab tak sa@n[s tab tak a@s) jaba tak saaãsa taba tak Aasa_

(45) Who Knows nothing, fears nothing (agya~n& kis& se nahin[ darate) AXaanaI iksaI sae nahI> Drtae_

(46) One must stand on his own legs (apana@ tosa@ apana@ bharosa@) Apanaa taaesaa Apanaa Baraesaa_

(47) Make yourself respectable and you will be respected by all (apan& ijjat apane ha@th) ApanaI

}jjata Apanae haYa_

(48) Diet cures more than doctors do (ek parahej sau ila@j) ]k parheja saaE }Laaja_

(49) He who is born with misfortune stumbles wherever he goes (kambakht& jab a@ve u@n[t> c{ad<he to kutta@ ka@t>e) kmbaStaI jaba Aavae Qã@ ca$ñe taae kÖTaa ka@e_

(50) To put the cart before the horse (betarat&b& se ka@m nah&n[ c{alata@) baetartaIbaI sae kama nahI>

caLataa_

Page 131: Doc Hindi learn to speak

HINDI TEACHER for English Speaking People

131

SPEAKING HINGLISH

(1) rama IBM mae> programmer hE_ (2) Aapa Model Town mae> khaã rhtae hE>?

(3) hma Aaja bahuta busy hE>_ (4) kLa vah kÖtauba maInaar sae Parachute sae jump kregaa (k”degaa)_

(5) manaaeja highway par speeding kr rha Yaa_

(6) saaeinayaa jaI dae cup caaya Laa}]_ (7) AjaIta ka lawn mower pae@¼aeLa par caLataa hE_

(8) gaaepaaLa kae greeting card nahI> imaLaa_ (9) saImaa gaanae tape kr rhI hE_

(10) saaenaU movies record kr cauka hE_ (11) caacaa jaI kI idLLaI mae> transfer hu}| hE_

(12) mauJae }sakI ]k Xerox copy dIija]_ mauJae }sakI dae Xerox kaipayaaã dIija]_

(13) }saka cover discard mata kIija]_ (14) dae potatoes (AaLaU) boil kIija] (qbaaiLa])_

(15) rmaeoa Civil Engineer bana gayaa_ (16) qsaka Baa}| army mae> gayaa hE_

(17) yah wonderful caIja hE_ (18) U.S. President hmaare pa>tapaRZaana (Prime Minister) sae imaLae_

(19) kLa George kI engagement hu}|_ (20) barf melt hae rhI hE (ipazaLa rhI hE)_ maE> baf– melt kr

rha hUã (ipazaLaa rha hUã)_ paanaI freeze hae rha hE (jama rha hE)_

(21) baabaUjaI tour (daEre) par ga] hu] hE>_ (22) Aapaka telephone number Kyaa hE?

(23) yahaã sae Zoo jaanae k’ iLa] kaEna saa hiway AcCa rhegaa?

(24) Aba idLLaI mae> polution (paRdUPaNa) kma hae rha hE_ (25) kLa sky diving krtae hu] rmaeoa kI h¥I

fracture hu}| (@U@I)_ (26) qnhae>nae company k’ naama sae dae million ka cheque iLaSaa_

(27) hmanae AimataaBa baccana ka ica%a internet par deSaa_ (28) }sa saaLa maaZaurI dIixata kae Film Fare

Awaed imaLaa_ (29) Aapanae }sa iktaaba kI binding khaã sae krvaa}| hE?

(30) parsaae> rItaeoa kae 102 degree bauSaar Yaa_ (31) maE> AapakI oa@|sa` press krvaakr Laayaa hUã_

(32) }sakI taIna kaâipayaaã hmae> CD yaa DVD par dIija]_ (33) yahaã @EiKsayaaã SaDñI krnaa manaa hE, k’vaLa

kare> hI SaDñI kIija]_

(34) AajakLa pure ih>dI kae}| BaI nahI> baaeLataa, saBaI Hinglish baaeLatae hE>_